FILE No.

A10-1704

AIR TO WATER HEAT PUMP

Service Manual
Model name:

Hydro unit Outdoor unit

HWS-805XWHM3-E(TR) HWS-805H-E(TR)
HWS-805XWHT6-E(TR) HWS-1105H-E(TR)
HWS-805XWHT9-E HWS-1405H-E(TR)
HWS-1405XWHM3-E(TR) HWS-1105H8-E
HWS-1405XWHT6-E(TR) HWS-1105H8R-E
HWS-1405XWHT9-E(TR) HWS-1405H8-E
HWS-1405H8R-E
HWS-1605H8-E(TR)
HWS-1605H8R-E
Contents
1 Safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 New refrigerant (R410A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2-1.Safety during installation and service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2-2.Installing refrigerant pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2-2-1.Steel pipe and joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2-2-2.Processing of piping materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2-3.Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-3-1.Necessary tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2-4.Recharging of refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2-5.Brazing of pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2-5-1.Materials of brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2-5-2.Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2-5-3.Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

4 Outside drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4-3.Hot water cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

5 Wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5-2.Outdoor unit (Single phase type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5-3.Outdoor unit (3 phase type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5-4.Hot water cylinder unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

6 Key electric component rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

6-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
6-3.Hot water cylinder unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6-4.Water heat exchange control board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6-5.Outdoor control board (Single phase type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6-6.Outdoor unit control (3 phase type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
MCC-1596 (Compressor IPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
MCC-1597 (Fan Motor IPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
MCC-1599 (Interface (CDB)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MCC-1600 (Noise Filter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

1
7 Refrigeration cycle / Water system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
7-1.Water system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
7-2.Refrigeration cycle system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

8 Operational description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

9 Method of defect diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

9-1.Matters to be confirmed first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9-1-1.Check the power supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9-1-2.Check for any miswiring of the connection cables between the hydro unit and the outdoor unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9-1-3.About the installation of the temperature sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9-2.Non-defective operation (program operation) … No fault code display appears.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9-3.Outline of the determination diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9-3-1.Procedure of defect diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9-3-2.How to determine from the check code on the remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9-3-3.How to cancel a check code on the remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9-3-4.How to diagnose by error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
9-4.Diagnosis flow chart for each error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
9-4-1.Hydro unit failure detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
9-4-2.Outdoor unit failure detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
9-4-3.Temperature sensor, temperature-resistance characteristic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
9-5.Operation check by PC board switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9-5-1.Operation check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9-6.Brief method for checking the key components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
9-6-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
9-6-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

10 Hydro unit and outdoor unit settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

11 Replacement of the service PC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

12 How to exchange main parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

13 For cooling installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

14 Periodic inspection items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

15 Part exploded view, part list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

2
1 Safety precautions
The unit and this service guide list very important safety precautions.
Understand the following details (indications and symbols) before reading the body text, and follow the instructions.

[About indication]
Indication Meaning of Indication

Indicates that a wrong operation may cause a service engineer and the third persons
DANGER around to get fatal or serious injuries.

Indicates that a wrong operation may cause a service engineer and the third persons
WARNING around to get fatal or serious injuries, or that unit defective after the operation may cause
a user to have a similar serious accident.
Indicates that a wrong operation may cause a service engineer and the third persons
CAUTION around to get injuries or may cause property damage*, or that unit defective after the
operation may cause a user to have a similar accident.

* Property damage indicates extended damage to property, furniture, livestock, or pets.

[About symbols]
Symbols Meaning of Symbols

Indicates a forbidden action.

Specific forbidden actions are described in text near the symbol.

Indicates a forcible (must do) action.

Specific forcible actions are described in text near the symbol.

Indicates a caution (including danger and warning).

Specific cautions are described in picture or text inside or near the symbol.

DANGER
<Turn off the power breaker>
Turn off the power breaker before removing the front panel and cabinet.
• Failure to do so may cause a high voltage electric shock, leading to death or injury.
• During an operation, the second side circuit of high pressure transmission(*) are applied with a high voltage of 230 V
or higher.
• Touching the circuit even with an electrical insulator, let alone a bare hand or body, causes an electric shock.
∗: For details, see the schematic.
<Discharge between terminals>
When the front panel and cabinet are removed, make short-circuit current to discharge between high pressure
capacitor terminals.
• Failure to do so may cause a high voltage electric shock, leading to death or injury.
• After the power is turned off, the high pressure capacitor is still charged with high voltage.
<Forbidden>
Do not turn on the power breaker after removing the front panel cabinet.
• Failure to do so may cause a high voltage electric shock, leading to death or injury.

WARNING
<Check earth ground>
Before starting failure diagnosis or repair, check that the earth wire (∗) is connected to the unit ground terminal.
• An unconnected earth wire could cause an electric shock if electric leakage occurs.
• If the earth ground is not properly connected, ask an electrical worker for rework of the ground connection.
∗: Earth wire of class D grounding

3
 WARNING
<No modification>
Do not modify the unit.
• Do not disassemble or modify the parts also.
• A fire, an electric shock, or an injury may occur.
<Use specified parts>
Use the specified parts (∗) when replacing them.
• Using parts other than specified ones may cause a fire or an electric shock.
∗: For details, see the parts price list.
<Keep children away from unit>
Keep any person (including children) other than service engineers away from a failure diagnosis or repairing place.
• A tool or disassembled parts may cause an injury.
• Advise the customer to keep the third persons (including children) away from the unit.
<Insulation treatment>
After connecting a cut lead with a crimp contact, discharge by facing the closed side upward.
• Connect lead wires with crimping terminals and turn the closed end upwards to avoid exposure to water.
<Watch out for fire>
Observe the following instructions when repairing the refrigerant cycle.
(1) Watch out for surrounding fire. Always put out the fire of stove burner or other devices before starting the repair.
Should the fire fail to be put out, the oil mixed with refrigerant gas could catch fire.
(2) Do no use a welder in a closed room.
A room with no ventilation may cause carbon monoxide poisoning.
(3) Keep away flammable materials.
The materials may catch the fire of a welder.
<Use refrigerant carefully>
Check the refrigerant name to use the tools and members appropriate for the refrigerant.
• A product using the refrigerant R410A has the refrigerant name prominently displayed on its outdoor unit. In
addition, the diameter of the service port is changed from that of the conventional R22 to prevent incorrect filling.
Never use refrigerant other than R410A for Air to Water Heat Pump using R410A. Also, never use R410A for Air to
Water Heat Pump using other refrigerant (such as R22).
• A mixture of R410A with different ones excessively raises the pressure in the refrigerant cycle, leading to an injury
due to burst.
Do not make additional charge of the refrigerant.
• An additional charge when refrigerant gas leaks changes the refrigerant composition in the refrigerant cycle,
causing the characteristics change of the Air to Water Heat Pump or excessive high pressure in the refrigerant
cycle with more than the specified amount of refrigerant charged. This may cause burst or an injury. If the
refrigerant gas leaks, perform refrigerant recovery or other operation to make the Air to Water Heat Pump contain
no refrigerant, and then perform vacuuming. After that, refill the unit with the defined amount of liquid refrigerant.
Never charge refrigerant exceeding the amount specified.
When the refrigerant cycle is refilled with refrigerant, do not enter air or refrigerants other than the specified
refrigerant, R410A.
• A mixture of R410A with air or an inappropriate substance causes excessive high pressure inside the refrigerant
cycle, leading to an injury due to burst.
Check that there is no refrigerant gas leak after the installation is completed.
• If it catches fire of a fan heater, a space heater, or a stove, poisonous gases may be produced.
<Be careful with wiring>
After a repair is completed, be sure to reassemble the parts and put the wiring back to its original state. In addition,
be careful with the internal wiring not to be caught in a cabinet or panel.
• A defective assembly or wiring may cause a disaster at a customer site due to electrical leakage or a fire.
<Check for water leak>
After the repair of a water pathway is completed, check that there is no water leak.
• In using the product, water leak may cause a fire at a customer site due to electrical leakage or an electric shock.

4
 WARNING
<Check insulation>
After the work is completed, check with an insulating-resistance tester (500V) that the insulation resistance between
the live and dead-metal parts is 2 MΩ or higher.
• A low insulation resistance may cause a disaster at a customer site due to electrical leakage or an electric shock.
<Ventilate>
Ventilate if refrigerant gas leaks during service work.
• Should refrigerant gas catch fire, poisonous gases may be produced. A closed room full of leaking refrigerant
results in the absence of oxygen; it is dangerous. Make sure to ventilate.
<Caution: electric shock>
When checking a circuit while energized if necessary, use rubber gloves not to contact the live part.
• Contact with the live part may cause an electric shock.
• The unit contains high-voltage circuits. Contact with a part in the control board with your bare hand may cause an
electric shock. Take enough care to check circuits.
<Turn off the power breaker>
Because the electrical components are energized with high voltage, always turn off the power breaker before
starting to work.
• Failure to do so may cause an electric shock.
<Always do>
Should refrigerant gas leak, find where the gas leaks and properly repair it.
• To stop the repair work because the leakage location cannot be identified, perform refrigerant recovery and close
the service valve. Failure to do so may cause the refrigerant gas to leak in a room. Although refrigerant gas alone
is harmless, if it catches fire of a fan heater, a space heater, or a stove, poisonous gases may be produced.
When installing the unit or re-installing it after relocation, follow the installation guide for proper operation.
• A defective installation may cause a refrigerant cycle defective, a water leak, an electric shock, or a fire.
<Check after repair>
After a repair is completed, check for any abnormality.
• Failure to do so may cause a fire, an electric shock, or an injury.
• Turn off the power breaker to perform check.
After a repair is completed (and the front panel and cabinet are placed), make a test run to check for any abnormality
such as smoke or abnormal sound.
• Failure to do so may cause a fire or an electric shock. Place the front panel and cabinet before making a test run.
<Check after re-installation>
Check that the following are properly performed after re-installation.
(1) The earth wire is properly connected.
(2) The installation is stable without any tilt or wobbles.
Failure to check them may cause a fire, an electric shock, or an injury.

CAUTION
<Wear gloves>
Wear gloves (∗) when performing repair.
• Failure to do so may cause an injury when accidentally contacting the parts.
∗: Thick gloves such as cotton work gloves
<Cooling check>
Perform service work when the unit becomes cool enough after the operation.
• High temperature of compressor piping or other equipment after a cooling or heating operation may cause burn.
<Tighten with torque wrench>
Tighten a flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified method.
• A flare nut tightened too much might crack after a long period, causing refrigerant leak.

5
2 New refrigerant (R410A)
This Air to Water Heat Pump adopts a new refrigerant HFC (R410A) to prevent destruction of the ozone layer.
The working pressure of R410A refrigerant is 1.6 times higher than that of the conventional refrigerant R22.The
refrigerant oil is also changed for the new refrigeration. Therefore, during installation or service work, be sure that
water, dust, former refrigerant, or refrigeration machine oil does not enter the refrigerant cycle of the new type
refrigerant Air to Water Heat Pump. A wrong installation or service operation may cause a serious accident.
Read carefully the following instructions to use the tools or members for R410A for safety work.

2-1. Safety during installation and service

• Use only the refrigerant R410A for Air to Water Heat Pump using R410A.
A mixture of R410A with different ones excessively raises the pressure in a refrigerant cycle, leading to an injury
due to burst.
• Check the refrigerant name to use the tools and members appropriate for the refrigerant.
A product using the refrigerant R410A has the refrigerant name prominently displayed on its outdoor unit. In
addition, the diameter of the service port is changed from that of the conventional R22 to prevent incorrect filling.
• Ventilate if refrigerant gas leaks during service work.
Should refrigerant gas catch fire, poisonous gases may be produced. A closed room full of leaking refrigerant
results in the absence of oxygen; it is dangerous. Make sure to ventilate.
• When the refrigerant cycle is refilled with refrigerant, do not mix air or refrigerants other than the specified
refrigerant, R410A.
A mixture of R410A with air or an inappropriate substance causes excessive high pressure inside the refrigerant
cycle, leading to an injury due to burst.
• Check that no refrigerant gas leaks after the installation is completed.
Should a refrigerant gas leak in a room and catch fire, poisonous gases may be produced.
• When installing the unit that contains large amount of refrigerant such as Air to Water Heat Pump, take measures
to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the threshold concentration in case it leaks.
Should leaking refrigerant exceed the threshold concentration could cause an accident due to oxygen deficient.
• When installing the unit or re-installing it after relocation, follow the installation guide for proper operation.
A defective installation may cause a refrigerant cycle defective, a water leak, an electric shock, or a fire.
• Do not modify the product. Do not disassemble or modify the parts also.
A fire, an electric shock, or an injury may occur.

6
2-2. Installing refrigerant pipe
2-2-1. Steel pipe and joint
For refrigerant piping, steel pipe and joints are mainly used. Select those comply with JIS (Japanese Industrial
Standards) for a service work. Also, use such clean piping materials that less impurities attach to the inside of pipe
and joints.

Copper pipe
Use copper pipe of the “copper and copper alloy seamless pipe” type with attach oil quantity of 40 mg / 10 m or less.
Do not use pipe that is cracked, distorted, or discoloured (especially inside).The expansion valve or capillary may
get clogged with impurities.
Considering that Air to Water Heat Pump using R410A is higher in pressure than those using the conventional R22,
be sure to select the material that comply with the standard.
Table 2-1 shows the thickness of copper pipe used for R410A.
Never use commercially available thin-walled copper pipe of 0.8 mm thick or less.

Table 2-1 Wall thickness of copper pipe

Wall thickness (mm)
Nominal diameter Outer diameter R410A
3/8 9.52 0.80
5/8 15.88 1.00

Joints
For the joint of copper pipe, flared joint and socket joint are used. Remove impurities from a joint before using it.
• Flared joint
A flared joint cannot be used for the copper pipe whose outer diameter is 20 mm or larger. A socket joint can be
used instead in that case.
Table 2-2-3 and 2-2-4 show the dimensions of flare pipe, the end of flared joint, and flare nuts.
• Socket joint
A socket joint is used to connect the thick-walled pipe of mainly 20 mm or larger in diameter.
Table 2-2 shows the wall thickness of socket joints.

Table 2-2 The minimum wall thickness of socket joints

Reference of outer diameter of Minimum joint wall thickness
Nominal diameter copper pipe connected (mm) (mm)
3/8 9.52 0.80
5/8 15.9 1.00

7
2-2-2. Processing of piping materials
When installing refrigerant pipe, prevent water or dust from entering the pipe, and do not use oil other than lubricant
used for Air to Water Heat Pump. Make sure that no refrigerant leak occurs.
If piping needs lubrication, use lubricating oil whose water content is removed.
After the oil is put in, be sure to seal the container with air proof cover or other covers.

Flare and precautions

1) Cut a pipe.
Cut slowly with a pipe cutter so that the pipe is not distorted.
2) Remove burr and flaw.
A burr or flaw in a flare part may cause refrigerant leak. Remove carefully all the burrs, and clean up the
cut ends before installation.
3) Insert a flare nut.
4) Flare
Check that the clasps and copper pipe are clean. Flare
Figure 2-2-1
correctly using the clasp. Use a flare tool for R410A or the Flare dimension
conventional one. Flare processing dimension varies D
depending on the flare tool type. When using the A
conventional flare tool, use a gauge for size adjustment
to secure the A dimension.

Table 2-2-3 Flare processing related dimension for R410A

A (mm)
Nominal Outer diameter Wall thickness Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm) (mm) Flare tool for R410A
clutch type Clutch type Butterfly-nut type
3/8 9.52 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5
5/8 15.9 1.0 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5

Table 2-2-4 Dimension of flare for R410A and flare nut

Nominal Outer diameter Wall thickness Dimension (mm) Flare nut width
diameter (mm) (mm) A B C D (mm)

3/8 9.52 0.8 13.0 13.2 9.7 20 18

5/8 15.9 1.0 19.1 19.7 15.9 24.5 26

Figure 2-2-2 Relationship between flare nut and flare surface

6°
-4
45°

B A C D

43°
- 45
°

8
Flare connecting procedure and precautions
1) Make sure that the flare and connecting portions do not have any flaw and dust.
2) Correctly align the flared surface and the connecting axis.
3) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench. The tightening torque for R410A is
the same as that for the conventional R22. If the torque is weak, gas leakage may occur. If it is too strong,
the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable. When choosing the tightening toque, comply
with values designated by products. Table 2-2-5 shows reference values.

NOTE
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the product. Using any other oil deteriorates
the lubricating oil, possibly causing the compressor to burn out.

Table 2-2-5 Tightening torque of flare for R410A (Reference values)

Nominal diameter Outer diameter (mm) Tightening torque N•m (kgf•m)
3/8 9.52 33 to 42 (3.3 to 14.2)
5/8 15.9 66 to 82 (6.8 to 8.2)

9
2-3. Tools
2-3-1. Necessary tools
In Air to Water Heat Pump using R410A, the service port diameter of packed valve of the outdoor unit is changed
to prevent mixing of other refrigerant. To reinforce the pressure resistance, flare dimensions and opposite side
dimensions of flare nut (For Ø 12.7 copper pipe) of the refrigerant piping are lengthened.
Because the refrigerating machine oil is changed, mixing of oil may generate sludge, clog capillary, or cause other
problems. Accordingly, the tools to be used include:
• tools dedicated for R410A (Those that cannot be used for the conventional refrigerant, R22)
• tools dedicated for R410A, but can be also used for the conventional refrigerant, R22
• tools that can be used for the conventional refrigerant, R22.
The following table shows the tools dedicated for R410A and their interchangeability.

Tools dedicated for R410A (The following tools must be for R410A)
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability

R410A Air to Water Hear Pump Conventional refrigerant

Air to Water Heat Pump
installation installation
No. Tool to be used Usage
For R410A Conventional New equipment can be
Existence of new equipment can be used with conventional
equipment used refrigerant
1 Flare tool Pipe flaring Yes *(Note 1) Yes
Copper pipe gauge for Flaring by conventional
2 adjusting projection margin flare tool Yes *(Note 1) *(Note 1)

3 Torque wrench (For Ø15.9) Connection of flare nut Yes No No

4 Gauge manifold Evacuating, refrigerant
charge, run check, etc. Yes No No
5 Charge hose
6 Vacuum pump adapter Vacuum evacuating Yes No Yes
Electrical balance for
7 Refrigerant charge Yes No Yes
refrigerant charging
8 Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant charge Yes No No
9 Leakage detector Gas leakage check Yes No Yes
10 Charging cylinder Refrigerant charge *(Note 2) No No

* (Note 1) Flaring for R410A by using the conventional flare tool requires projection margin adjustment. This
adjustment requires copper pipe gauge or other instrument.
* (Note 2) A charging cylinder for R410A is currently under development.

General tools (Conventional tools are available)

In addition to the above dedicated tools, the following equipment also available for R22 is necessary as the general
tools.

1. Vacuum pump 4. Reamer 9. Hole core drill (Ø65)

Use this by attaching vacuum pump 5. Pipe bender 10. Hexagon wrench
adapter. 6. Level vial (Opposite side 4 mm)
2. Torque wrench (For Ø6.35) 7. Screwdriver (+, –) 11. Tape measure
3. Pipe cutter 8. Spanner or Monkey wrench 12. Metal saw

Also prepare the following equipment for other work methods or run check.

1. Clamp meter 3. Insulation resistance meter

2. Thermometer 4. Electroscope

10
2-4. Recharging of refrigerant
Recharge, if necessary, the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the following procedure.

Recover the refrigerant, and check that no Open fully the handle of gauge manifold Lo, turn on the
refrigerant remains in the refrigerant cycle. vacuum pump, and then perform vacuum evacuating.

Connect the charge hose to packed valve service When the compound gauge's pointer indicates
port on the outdoor unit's gas side. -0.1 MPa (-76 cmHg), close fully the handle Lo and turn
off the vacuum pump.

Connect the charge hose to the vacuum pump

Let the equipment stay as it is for one to two minutes
adapter. and check that the compound gauge pointer does not
return.

Open fully both packed valves on the liquid and

gas sides. Place the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,
connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
connecting port of the electronic balance, and then
charge liquid refrigerant.
(For refrigerant charging, see the figure below)

NOTE
• Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.
• If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge it a little at a time while running refrigerant
recovery (pump down).
• Do not make additional charging.
An additional charge when refrigerant leaks changes the refrigerant composition in the refrigerant cycle,
causing the characteristics change of the Air to Water Heat Pump or excessive high pressure in the refrigerant
cycle with more than the specified amount of refrigerant charged. This may cause burst or an injury.

Fig. 2-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging

(Hydro unit)
(Outdoor unit)

Open

Refrigerant cylinder (with siphon)

Check valve
Open

Open Close

Open/close valve
for charging

Service port
Electronic balance for refrigerant charging

11
NOTE
• Make sure that the setting is appropriate so that liquid can be charged.
• A cylinder with siphon enables liquid to be charged without the cylinder turned upside down.

[Cylinder with siphon] [Cylinder without siphon]

Gauge manifold Gauge manifold
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
Siphon pipe

Refrigerant Refrigerant
cylinder cylinder

Electronic balance Electronic balance

NOTE
• Because R410A is HFC mixed refrigerant, charging with gas changes the charged refrigerant composition,
causing the equipment characteristics to change.

12
2-5. Brazing of pipes Type of flux
• Non-corrosive flux
2-5-1. Materials of brazing It is generally a compound of borax and boric acid.
It is effective when brazing temperature is higher
Silver brazing metal than 800 °C.
Silver brazing metal is an alloy mainly composed of • Active solvent
silver and copper. Most of this type of flux is generally used for silver
It uses iron, copper, or copper alloy, and is relatively brazing.
expensive though it excels in soldering. It features the increase of oxide film while moving the
capability to the borax-boric acid compound to add
Phosphor bronze brazing metal compounds such as potassium fluoride, potassium
Phosphor bronze brazing metal is generally used to chloride, or sodium fluoride.
join copper or copper alloy.
Piping materials for brazing and brazing
Low temperature brazing metal metal / flux
Low temperature brazing metal is generally called Brazing metal to be
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead. Do not use it for Piping material used Flux to be used
refrigerant piping because its adhesive capacity is low. Copper - Copper Phosphor copper Do not use

NOTE Copper - Iron Silver Paste flux

Iron - Iron Silver Vapour flux
• Phosphor bronze brazing metal tends to react with
sulfur, producing a fragile compound water solution.
NOTE
This may cause gas leakage. Therefore, use other
type of brazing metal at a hot spring resort or similar • Do not enter flux into the refrigerant cycle.
place, and coat the surface with coatings. • If chlorine contained in the flux remains within the
• To braze the pipe again while performing service pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates. Because of
work, use the same type of brazing metal. this, use a flux that does not contain chlorine.
• When adding water to the flux, use water that does
not contains chlorine. (e.g. distilled water or ion-
exchange water)
2-5-2. Flux • Remove the flux after brazing.

Why flux is necessary

• Removing all the oxide film and any foreign matter 2-5-3. Brazing
on the metal surface assists the flow of brazing Brazing must be performed by a person qualified and
metal. experienced with theoretical knowledge since the
• Flux prevents the metal surface from being oxidized operation requires sophisticated techniques.
in the course of brazing. Perform brazing while flowing dry nitrogen gas (N2) to
• Reducing the brazing metal's surface tension prevent oxide film from forming during brazing
enables the brazing metal to adhere for better metal application to the inside of the pipe.
processing.
NOTE
Characteristics of flux • Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.
• The activation temperature of flux matches the
brazing temperature.
• A wide effective temperature range makes flux hard
Brazing method to prevent oxidation
to carbonize. 1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow meter to the
nitrogen cylinder.
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing.
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and brazing 2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping material,
metal is minimum. and attach the flow meter to the balance.
• The good performance of flux gives no harm to a 3) Apply a mark to the clearance between the
human body. piping material and the copper pipe filled with
Since flux works in a complicated manner as nitrogen to prevent the back flow of the
described above, select an appropriate type of flux nitrogen gas.
according to metal treatment type, brazing metal and 4) If the nitrogen gas flows out, be sure to keep
brazing method, or other conditions. open the piping end.

13
 5) Use the reducing valve to adjust the nitrogen
gas flow speed to 0.05 m3/hour or 0.02 MPa
(0.2 kgf/cm2).
6) After the steps above, keep the nitrogen gas
flowing until the pipe cools down to a certain
extent. (Temperature where the pipe is cool
enough to be touched by hands)
7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.

Fig 2-5-1
Prevention of oxidation during brazing

M Flow meter

Stop valve

Nitrogen gas cylinder

From nitrogen cylinder

Pipe Nitrogen gas

Robber plug

14
3 Specifications
Unit name Hydro unit HWS-805XWHM3-E, 805XWHT6-E, 805XWHT9-E
Outdoor unit HWS-805H-E
Heating capacity *1 (kW) 8.0
Cooling capacity *2 (kW) 6.0
Variable range of compressor frequency 10 - 70 Hz
Power source Single phase 50 Hz 220-230 V
Operation mode Heating Cooling
Electric characteristic *1 *2 Hydro unit Current (A) 0.44 0.44
Power (kW) 0.06 0.06
Power factor (%) 59.3 59.3
Outdoor unit Current (A) 79.7 8.50
Power (kW) 1.73 1.88
Power factor (%) 94.4 96.2
Total Running current (A) 8.41 8.94
Operating noise sound power level Hydro unit (dB (A)) 41
Outdoor unit (dB (A)) 66
Coefficient of performance *1 *2 4.46 3.10
Hydro unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 925
Width (mm) 525
Depth (mm) 355
Net weight (kg) 49
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Remote controller Height (mm) 120
Outer dimension *3 Width (mm) 120
Depth (mm) 16
Circulation pump Motor output (W) 125 (MAX)
Flow rate (L/min) 22.9 17.2
Type Non-self-suction centrifugal pump
Heat exchanger Plate-type heat exchange
Outdoor unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 890
Width (mm) 900
Depth (mm) 320
Net weight (kg) 63
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Motor output (W) 1400
Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DA220A2F-22L
Fan motor Standard air capacity (m3/min) 50.0
Motor output (W) 60
Refrigerant piping Connection method Flare connection
Hydro unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Outdoor unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Maximum length (m) 30
Maximum chargeless length (m) 30
Maximum height difference (m) ±30
Minimum length (m) 5
Refrigerant Refrigerant name R410A
Charge amount (kg) 1.8
Water piping Pipe diameter R1 1/4
Maximum length (m) None (Need the flow rate 13 /min or more)
Maximum height difference (m) ±7
Maximum working water pressure (kPa) *4 430
Operating temperature range Hydro unit (°C) *5 (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 5-32 / 5-32 / 5-32
Outdoor unit (°C) (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 10-43 / -20-25 / -20-43
Operating humidity range Hydro unit (%) 15-85
Outdoor unit (%) 15-100
Wiring connection Power wiring 3 wires: including earth wire (Outdoor unit)
Connecting line 4 wires: including earth wire
*1 Heating performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 7 °C, water supply temperature 30 °C, outlet temperature 35 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*2 Cooling performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 35 °C, water supply temperature 12 °C, outlet temperature 7 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*3 • The remote controller should be shipped with the hydro unit.
• Use two 1.5-meter wires to connect the hydro unit with the remote controller.
*4 Check the water piping for leakage under the maximum operating pressure.
*5 Do not leave the hydro unit at 5 °C or below.

15
Unit name Hydro unit HWS-1405XWHM3-E, 1405XWHT6-E, 1405XWHT9-E
Outdoor unit HWS-1105H-E HWS-1405H-E
Heating capacity *1 (kW) 11.2 14.0
Cooling capacity *2 (kW) 10.0 11.0
Variable range of compressor frequency 10 - 60 Hz 10 - 70 Hz
Power source Single phase 50 Hz 220-230 V
Operation mode Heating Cooling Heating Cooling
Electric characteristic *1 *2 Hydro unit Current (A) 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66
Power (kW) 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09
Power factor (%) 59.2 59.2 59.2 59.2
Outdoor unit Current (A) 10.08 14.71 13.74 17.19
Power (kW) 2.21 3.17 3.02 3.72
Power factor (%) 95.3 93.7 95.6 94.1
Total Running current (A) 10.74 15.37 14.40 17.85
Operating noise sound power level Hydro unit (dB (A)) 43
Outdoor unit (dB (A)) 66 68
Coefficient of performance *1 *2 4.88 3.07 4.50 2.89
Hydro unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 925
Width (mm) 525
Depth (mm) 355
Net weight (kg) 52
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Remote controller Height (mm) 120
Outer dimension *3 Width (mm) 120
Depth (mm) 16
Circulation pump Motor output (W) 190 (MAX)
Flow rate (L/min) 32.1 28.9 40.1 31.5
Type Non-self-suction centrifugal pump
Heat exchanger Plate-type heat exchange
Outdoor unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 1340
Width (mm) 900
Depth (mm) 320
Net weight (kg) 92
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Motor output (W) 2500
Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DA422A3F-26M
Fan motor Standard air capacity (m3/min) 103.0
Motor output (W) 100 × 2
Refrigerant piping Connection method Flare connection
Hydro unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Outdoor unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Maximum length (m) 30
Maximum chargeless length (m) 30
Maximum height difference (m) ±30
Minimum length (m) 5
Refrigerant Refrigerant name R410A
Charge amount (kg) 2.7
Water piping Pipe diameter R1 1/4
Maximum length (m) None (Need the flow rate 17.5 /min or more)
Maximum height difference (m) ±7
Maximum working water pressure (kPa) *4 430
Operating temperature range Hydro unit (°C) *5 (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 5-32 / 5-32 / 5-32
Outdoor unit (°C) (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 10-43 / -20-25 / -20-43
Operating humidity range Hydro unit (%) 15-85
Outdoor unit (%) 15-100
Wiring connection Power wiring 3 wires: including earth wire (Outdoor unit)
Connecting line 4 wires: including earth wire
*1 Heating performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 7 °C, water supply temperature 30 °C, outlet temperature 35 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*2 Cooling performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 35 °C, water supply temperature 12 °C, outlet temperature 7 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*3 • The remote controller should be shipped with the hydro unit.
• Use two 1.5-meter wires to connect the hydro unit with the remote controller.
*4 Check the water piping for leakage under the maximum operating pressure.
*5 Do not leave the hydro unit at 5 °C or below.

16
Unit name Hydro unit HWS-1405XWHM3-E, 1405XWHT6-E, 1405XWHT9-E
Outdoor unit HWS-1105H8(R)-E HWS-1405H8(R)-E HWS-1605H8(R)-E
Heating capacity *1 (kW) 11.2 14.0 16.0
Cooling capacity *2 (kW) 10.0 11.0 13.0
Variable range of compressor frequency 10 - 60 Hz 10 - 66 Hz 10 - 70 Hz
Power source 3 phase 50 Hz 380-400 V
Operation mode Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling
Electric characteristic *1 *2 Hydro unit Current (A) 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66
Power (kW) 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09
Power factor (%) 59.2 59.2 59.2 59.2 59.2 59.2
Outdoor unit Current (A) 3.73 5.08 5.01 5.71 5.94 7.51
Power (kW) 2.25 3.17 3.07 3.72 3.63 4.71
Power factor (%) 87.4 90.4 88.5 94.4 88.6 90.9
Total Running current (A) 4.39 5.74 5.67 6.37 6.60 7.60
Operating noise sound power level Hydro unit (dB (A)) 43 43 43 43 43 43
Outdoor unit (dB (A)) 66 66 68 68 69 69
Coefficient of performance *1 *2 4.80 3.07 4.44 2.89 4.30 2.71
Hydro unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 925
Width (mm) 525
Depth (mm) 355
Net weight (kg) 52
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Remote controller Height (mm) 120
Outer dimension *3 Width (mm) 120
Depth (mm) 16
Circulation pump Motor output (W) 190 (MAX)
Flow rate (L/min) 32.1 28.9 40.1 31.5 45.8 37.3
Type Non-self-suction centrifugal pump
Heat exchanger Plate-type heat exchange
Outdoor unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 1340
Width (mm) 900
Depth (mm) 320
Net weight (kg) 93
Color Silky shade (Munsell 1Y8.5/0.5)
Compressor Motor output (W) 2500
Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DA422A3F-27M
Fan motor Standard air capacity (m3/min) 103.0
Motor output (W) 100 × 2
Refrigerant piping Connection method Flare connection
Hydro unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Outdoor unit Liquid Ø9.52
Gas Ø15.9
Maximum length (m) 30
Maximum chargeless length (m) 30
Maximum height difference (m) ±30
Minimum length (m) 5
Refrigerant Refrigerant name R410A
Charge amount (kg) 2.7
Water piping Pipe diameter R1 1/4
Maximum length (m) None (Need the flow rate 17.5 /min or more)
Maximum height difference (m) ±7
Maximum working water pressure (kPa) *4 430
Operating temperature range Hydro unit (°C) *5 (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 5-32 / 5-32 / 5-32
Outdoor unit (°C) (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 10-43 / -20-25 / -20-43
Operating humidity range Hydro unit (%) 15-85
Outdoor unit (%) 15-100
Wiring connection Power wiring 5 wires: including earth wire (Outdoor unit)
Connecting line 4 wires: including earth wire
*1 Heating performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 7 °C, water supply temperature 30 °C, outlet temperature 35 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*2 Cooling performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 35 °C, water supply temperature 12 °C, outlet temperature 7 °C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*3 • The remote controller should be shipped with the hydro unit.
• Use two 1.5-meter wires to connect the hydro unit with the remote controller.
*4 Check the water piping for leakage under the maximum operating pressure.
*5 Do not leave the hydro unit at 5 °C or below.

17
4 Outside drawing
4-1. Hydro unit
HWS-805XWHM3-E, 805XWHT6-E, 805XWHT9-E
HWS-1405XWHM3-E, 1405XWHT6-E, 1405XWHT9-E

525

19.5
352
2-dia.12x17 long hole

9
371.5 (for dia.8-10 anchor bolt) 72.5 380 72.5
40

355 B leg part 40 Anchor bolt

long hole pitch
20
Anchor bolt long hole pitch
960
920

Manometer

Remote controller
20
54

40
A leg part 2-dia.12x17 U-shape hole
40

(for dia.8-10 anchor bolt)

Hot water outlet

19.5 116 connecting pipe 1 1/4"
135.5
186.5
259

158
37.5

Drain nipple Gas line dia.15.88

Water inlet Liquid line dia.9.52

connecting pipe 1 1/4"
144.5 59.5
309.5

18
 380
200 60 Drain hole( 25 burring hole)
Air intake Portion B

17.5
Mounting bolt hole
Name Description
HWS-805H-E
Refrigerant piping outlet

128
Air intake ( 12 17 long hole)

34
1 Hydro and outdoor

46
12

170
connecting line outlet

365
54
48
75
2 Power source intake hole 38 Kockout hole

40

74 118
40
Air discharge Mounting bolt hole
4-2. Outdoor unit

Portion A ( 12 17 U-shape hole)

383 70 39 Details of portion A Details of portion B

17.5
150 600 96
5-Drain hole
( 20 88 burring hole)
900
52 550 320
Refrigerant liquid
connection
( 9.5 flare)
43.5

19
Refrigerant gas
connection
( 15.9 flare)

2 2
890

581
534
1 1 1

255
247
24

165
155

148
55 95
55 95

55 95
Optional mounting hole 60 178 178 178 80 18 94
(12- 3 embossed)
68 518 135 18 80 12 64
83 7 151
327

7
400
Z

65
Knockout for lower part of piping
Z arrow view
 Name Description
380
200 60 Drain hole ( 25 burring hole) Refrigerant piping outlet

17.5
1 Hydro and outdoor
Air intake Portion B
connecting line outlet
Air intake Mounting bolt hole 2 Power source intake hole 38 knockout hole
( 12 17 long hole)

34

46
170
12

365
48
54
75

74 118 128
40
40
Mounting bolt hole
Air ( 12 17 U-shape hole)
383 discharge 70 Portion A 39
150 600 96 Details of portion A Details of portion B

17.5
5-Drain hole
( 20 88 burring hole)
900 320
52 550

Refrigerant liquid
connection ( 9.5 flare)

Refrigerant gas

581
534
connection ( 15.9 flare)

20
43.5

74

655
121
1340

2 2

581
534
1 1 1

605
613
HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E, 1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E

360
24

155

85
70
55 95
55 95
55 95

94

60 178 178 178 80 18 18 80

68 518 135 151 12 64
83 7 327 400

7
Z

65
Knockout for lower part of piping
Z arrow view
4-3. Hot water cylinder
HWS-3001CSHM3-E(-UK) HWS-2101CSHM3-E(-UK)
550 550
595

595

Specification
for UK only
2066.6

2040

Specification
for UK only
1497.6

1474

HWS-1501CSHM3-E(-UK)
550
595

Specification
1090
1114

for UK only

21
5 Wiring diagram
5-1. Hydro unit
WARNING *Option
Remote
Perform the grounding from the controller
earth terminal in the terminal (HWS-AMS54E)
TC TWI TWO THO
Remote
block of the outdoor unit. controller
A B *Option
(HWS-AMS54E) LPS TTW TFI
CAUTION A B
1 23 4
WHI
Electric shock may happen.
GRY

TB 07 7A 7B 23 4 A B
Don't touch the electric parts. 23 4
23 4
1 2 6A 6B 6C 6D TB 06
Color identification 1 2

BRW
BRW
GRY

RED

RED
BLK : BLACK BLU : BLUE

RED
WHI

WHI
BLK
BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK
BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK
BRW : BROWN GRN : GREEN
GRY : GRAY ORN : ORANGE 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 3 *Option p.c.board
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3
PNK : PINK RED : RED
WHI : WHITE YEL : YELLOW CN41 CN203 CN204 CN205 CN206 CN207 CN212 CN214 CN213 GRN 4
1 1 1 1 K1 Boiler control O/P
(BLU) (YEL) (BRW) (RED) (WHI) (BLU) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI) CN208 2 2
GRN
2 2 Relay 3
CN10 GRN p.c.board
(WHI) (BLU) 3 3 3 3 2
YEL GRN (MCC-1217) K2 Alarm O/P
9 9 4 4 4 4 1
CR10 RY PJ20
8 TB1
BLU 10
7 7 CR11 6
6 RY RED
11 5 5 GRN
BRW
5 5 BLU 1 1 1 1 4 Compressor operation
5 5 4 K1
4
CR12 RY
12 4 4 ORN
3
4
3
CN501
(YEL) P.C.board CN209 2 2
GRN
GRN
2 2 Relay
p.c.board
3 O/P
CN02 2
3 CR13 RY (WHI) 3 3 GRN
BRW
2 2 (MCC-1511) (GRN) 3
4
3
4
GRN
3 3
4 4
(MCC-1217) K2
1
Defrost O/P
2 13 2 2 1 1 PJ20
WHI TB1
1 1 1 1
CN01
(WHI) YEL
WHI 1 1 1 1
3 3 Relay YEL Photocoupler input 3
CN210 2 2 2 2 p.c.board
2 p.c.board 1 (RED) YEL 2 Hot water tank thermostat I/P
RED 3 3 3 3 (MCC-1214)
1 1 (MCC-1431) YEL 1 Emergency stop I/P
F01 (5A) 4 4 4 4 PJ17 TB1

6 6 SW14
BRW 5 SW01 1 1
YEL
1 1

OFF
4 CN500 CN211 2 2
YEL
2 2 Photocoupler input 3
YEL p.c.board 2 Cooling thermostat I/P
BLK
3
2 2
(BLU)
SW02 (BLK) 3 3
YEL
3 3 (MCC-1214) 1 Heating thermostat I/P
ON 4 4 4 4 PJ17
1 1 TB1

ON
BLU YEL-GRN
F9, F10
AC250V 1 2 3 4 YEL
YEL-GRN
3 3 T3.15A 3 3 1 1 7 RY
01 8 2 2
CN200 GRN Flow switch
RY601

BLU BLU BLU CN603 2 2 1 1

WPM 2 2 (YEL) (RED) RED
BRW
1 1
BRW BRW
1 1 SW10 SW 11 SW12 SW13 3 3
ON ON ON ON CN201 BLK 1 1
RED (WHI) 1 1 Pressure switch
3 3 BLK
RY600

CN601 2 2 4.15MPa
(RED) 3 3
WHI 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
A2 RY A1 1 1 BLK
05 1 1
CN202 Thermal protector
YEL
7 7 SW06 (YEL) 2
BLK (auto) 75 5
RY602

ON 3 3
WHI
5 5 SW07 BRW
WHI

1 1
1 2 BRW
2 2
WHI WHI 3 RED
RY603

CN102 3 3
RED
BRW

ORN

(WHI)
RED

RED
RED

4 4
PNK
WHI
BLU

WHI
YEL

YEL

1 1 ORN
5 5
CN602 ORN
6 6
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 TB 05 41 42 43 44 TB 04 (WHI) RY604 RY605 RY606 RY607
CN101 Transformer
(WHI) WHI
1 1
WHI
3 3
WPM 2WV BH 3WV MIXV F100
Fuse 1. The one-dot chain line indicates
Type 1 Type 1 CN604 CN605 CN606 CN305 CN100 T5A P100 BLK
(2-wire spring return) (3-wire SPDT type) (BLU) (YEL) (BLU) (GRN) (WHI) 250V~
wiring at the local site, and the
dashed line indicates accessories
ORN
RED

RED
PNK

7 5 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 5 3 1
WHI

WHI
YEL

7 5 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 sold separately and service wires,

respectively.
RED

WHI

BLK

WHI

ORN

WHI

PNK

GRY

WHI

RED

57 58 59 TB 05 41 42 43 44 TB 04
YEL

2. , and indicates the terminal

6 A2 8 6 A1
*See DIP SW13_1
5 7
board and the numbers indicate the
RY RY RY RY
RY 01 02 03 04 terminal numbers.
06 4 7 4
3WV MIXV A1 A2
3. indicates P.C. board.
Type 2 Type 2 2 4 6 8
(3-wire SPST type) (3-wire SPST type) PNK WHI WHI * Be sure to fix the electric
RED

ORN
Type 3
(3-wire SPDT type)
*1 parts cover surely with screws.
(Otherwise water enters into the box
resulting in malfunction.)
GRY
RED

WHI

11 12 13 TB 01 Thermal protector Backup heater 1 Thermal protector Backup heater 1 Thermal protector Backup heater 1
(Single operation) (Single operation) (Single operation)
95 5 95 5 95 5
1 2 3 Outdoor unit
Thermal protector Backup heater 2 Thermal protector Backup heater 2
(Single operation) (Single operation)
95 5 95 5
Power supply Backup heater 3
Thermal protector
220 - 230V~ 50Hz 1L1 3L2 RY02
(Single operation)95 5
or 1L1 3L2 5L3 RY02 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
RY05 RY02
380 - 400V~ 50Hz
RY04 RY04
2T1 4T2
BRW
BLU

2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3
F1, F2 GRY
BLK
BRW
BLU

BLU
BLK
BRW
BLU

BRW
BLU
BLU

BLU

F1 F2 Fuse
AC250V
T30A F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F3 F4 F5 F6 F3 F4
F3~8 F3~6 F3,F4
YEL/GRN

Fuse Fuse Fuse

AC250V AC250V AC250V
BRW

T30A T30A T30A

BRW
BLU

BLU

BRW

BRW
BLU

GRY

BLU

BLK
BLU
BRW

BLK
BLU

BLU

BLU

TB 03 31 32 L N *Option
L1 L2 L3 N TB 02 L1 L2 L3 N TB 02 L N TB 02
1 2 HWS-805XWHT9-E HWS-805XWHT6-E HWS-805XWHM3-E
Power supply HWS-1405XWHT9-E HWS-1405XWHT6-E HWS-1405XWHM3-E
220 - 230V~ 50Hz Power supply HWS-1405XWHT9TR Power supply HWS-805XWHT6TR Power supply HWS-805XWHM3TR
Hot water cylinder 380 - 400V 3N~ 50Hz 380 - 400V 3N~ 50Hz HWS-1405XWHT6TR 220 - 230V~ 50Hz HWS-1405XWHM3TR

WPM
Symbol Parts name
Water pump motor TC
Symbol Parts name
Water heat exchanger temperature sensor *1 HWS-805XWHT6-E : Installed
HWS-1405XWHT6-E : Installed *1 HWS-805XWHT6TR : Installed
HWS-1405XWHT6TR : Installed
3WV 3-way valve (local) TWI Water heat exchanger inlet temperature sensor
HWS-805XWHT9-E : Installed HWS-1405XWHT9TR : Installed
2WV 2-way valve (local) TWO Water heat exchanger outlet temperature sensor
MIXV Mixing valve (local) THO Backup heater outlet temperature sensor HWS-1405XWHT9-E : Installed HWS-805XWHM3TR : Not installed
BH Booster heater TTW Hot water cylinder temperature sensor HWS-805XWHM3-E : Not installed HWS-1405XWHM3TR : Not installed
RY01~RY06 Relay01~Relay06 TFI Floor heating inlet temperature sensor HWS-1405XWHM3-E : Not installed
LPS Low pressure sensor TB Terminal block
Backup heater1, 2, 3 Heater AC230V, 3kW

22
5-2. Outdoor unit (Single phase type)
HWS-805H-E, HWS-1105H-E, HWS-1405H-E
HWS-805H-E, -805HTR
HWS-1105H-E, -1105HTR
HWS-1405H-E, -1405HTR

P> Red

HWS-1105H-E
HWS-1405H-E
HWS-1105HTR
HWS-1405HTR

t°>

t°

t°

t°

t°

t°

1. indicates the terminal block. Alphanumeric charac-

ters in the cycle indicate the terminal No.
2. The two-dot chain line indicates the wiring procured
locally.
3. indicates the P.C. board.
4. For the hydro unit circuit, refer to the wiring diagram of
the hydro unit.

* HWS-1105H-E, HWS-1405H-E
HWS-1105HTR, HWS-1405HTR

23
5-3. Outdoor unit (3 phase type)
HWS-1105H8(R)-E, HWS-1405H8(R)-E, HWS-1605H8(R)-E

HWS-1105H8R-E, -1405H8R-E, -1605H8R-E

P.C. board
MCC-1596

P.C. board
MCC-1597

Fuse
T3.15A 250V~ Heater
CN703
GRY
Fuse
( 1105H8R-E
1405H8R-E
)
1605H8R-E only
T3.15A 250V~

Hydro
unit

indicates the terminal block. Alphanumeric characters

in the cycle indicate terminal No.
The two-dot chain line indicates the wiring procured locally.
indicates the P.C. board.
For the hydro unit circuit, refer to the wiring diagram of
the hydro unit.

24
5-4. Hot water cylinder unit

Double pole thermal cut out

Blue Blue

Green / Brown
Yellow

Brown

1 2
TB03 (230 V)

A B
TB06 (TTW)

TTW sensor

Hot water cylinder heater

To hydro unit Supply 220 - 230 V from hydro unit

Cable size 1.5 mm2 (minimum)

25
6 Key electric component rating
6-1. Hydro unit
HWS-805XWHM3-E, T6-E, T9-E
Model name
No. Component name Type name Rating
M3-E T6-E T9-E
1 Circulation pump O O O UPM 2K 25-60 130 AC230 V 0.40 A (MAX)
2 Backup heater 3 kW O SA3-23652B AC230 V 3 kW
3 Backup heater 6 kW O SA3-23652B AC400 V (3N) 6 kW
4 Backup heater 9 kW O SA3-23652B AC400 V (3N) 9 kW
Water heat exchange 10 kΩ (25 °C)
5 temperature sensor O O O –
(TC sensor)
Water inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
6 O O O –
(TWI sensor)
Water outlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
7 O O O –
(TWO sensor)
Heater outlet water temperature 10 kΩ (25 °C)
8 sensor O O O –
(THO sensor)
Floor inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
9 O O O –
(TFI sensor)
10 Pressure switch O O O – Operating pressure 4.15 MPa +0 -0.3 MPa
11 Low pressure sensor O O O – Operating pressure 0.20 MPa
12 Bimetal thermostat (auto) O O O – Operating temperature 75±3 °C DC12 V / 0.2 A
Bimetal thermostat (single Operating temperature 95±5 °C AC250 V / 16 A
13 O O O –
operation)
14 Flow switch O O O – Operating flowing quantity 13 /min
15 Output board (OP) OP OP OP TCB-PCIN3E AC230 V 0.5 A, DC24 V 1 A
16 Input board (OP) OP OP OP TCB-PCM03E Contact input
17 Remote controller (Main) O O O HWS-AMS54E
18 Remote controller (Sub) OP OP OP HWS-AMS54E
Water 3-way valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
19 O O O –
2Wire, 3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
20 Water 2-way valve terminal O O O – AC230 V 0.1 A 2Wire type mountable
Mixing valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
21 O O O –
3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
22 Circulation pump terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
23 Booster heater terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
24 Fuse O O O – AC250 V 30 A

O ······· Applied
OP ····· Optional accessory

26
HWS-1405XWHM3-E, T6-E, T9-E
Model name
No. Component name Type name Rating
M3-E T6-E T9-E
1 Circulation pump O O O UPM GEO 25-85 130 AC230 V 0.66 A (MAX)
2 Backup heater 3 kW O SA3-23652B AC230 V 3 kW
3 Backup heater 6 kW O SA3-23652B AC400 V (3N) 6 kW
4 Backup heater 9 kW O SA3-23652B AC400 V (3N) 9 kW
Water heat exchange 10 kΩ (25 °C)
5 temperature sensor O O O –
(TC sensor)
Water inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
6 O O O –
(TWI sensor)
Water outlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
7 O O O –
(TWO sensor)
Heater outlet water temperature 10 kΩ (25 °C)
8 sensor O O O –
(THO sensor)
Floor inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25 °C)
9 O O O –
(TFI sensor)
10 Pressure switch O O O – Operating pressure 4.15 MPa +0 -0.3 MPa
11 Low pressure sensor O O O – Operating pressure 0.20 MPa
12 Thermal protector (auto) O O O – Operating temperature 75±3 °C DC42 V / 0.2 A
Thermal protector (single Operating temperature 95±5 °C AC250 V 16 A
13 O O O –
operation)
14 Flow switch O O O – Operating flowing quantity 18 L/min
15 Output board (OP) OP OP OP TCB-PCIN3E AC230 V 0.5 A, DC24 V 1 A
16 Input board (OP) OP OP OP TCB-PCM03E Contact input
17 Remote controller (Main) O O O HWS-AMS54E
18 Remote controller (Sub) OP OP OP HWS-AMS54E
Water 3-way valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
19 O O O –
2Wire, 3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
20 Water 2-way valve terminal O O O – AC230 V 0.1 A 2Wire type mountable
Mixing valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
21 O O O –
3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
22 Circulation pump terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
23 Booster heater terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
24 Fuse O O O – AC250 V 30 A

O ······· Applied
OP ····· Optional accessory

27
6-2. Outdoor unit
HWS-805H-E
No. Component name Type name Rating
1 Compressor DA220A2F-22L
2 Outdoor fan motor ICF-280-A60-1 Output 60 W
4-way valve coil STF-H01AP1874A1 AC220 - 230 V full-wave rectifier input, alive time
3
10 sec or less
4 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil CAM-MD12TF-15 DC12 V
5 Compressor case thermostat US-622KXTMQO-SS OFF: 125±4 °C ON: 90±5 °C
6 Reactor CH-56 5.8 mH, 18.5 A
PC board MCC-1571 Input 1Ø, AC220 - 230 V ± 10%,
7
50/60 Hz
8 High pressure switch ACB-4UB83W OFF = 4.15 +0, -0.3 Mpa

HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E
No. Component name Type name Rating
1 Compressor DA422A3F-26M
2 Outdoor fan motor (x2) ICF-280-A100-1 Output 100 W
3 Reactor (x2) CH-44 1.4 mH, 25 A
4 4-way valve coil STF-H01AP1874A1 AC220 - 230 V full-wave rectifier input, alive time 10 sec or less
5 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil UKV-A038 DC12 V
6 Compressor case thermostat US-622KXTMQO-SS OFF = 125 ± 4 °C, ON = 90 ± 5 °C
7 PC board MCC-1571 Input 1Ø, AC220 - 230 V ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
8 High pressure switch ACB-4UB83W OFF = 4.15 +0, -0.3 Mpa

HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E

No. Component name Type name Rating
1 Compressor DA422A3F-27M
2 Outdoor fan motor (x2) ICF-280-A100-1 Output 100 W
3 Reactor CH-78 4.2 mH, 16 A
4 Reactor CH-68 18 mH, 5 A
5 4-way valve coil STF-H01AJ1736A1 AC220 - 230 V
6 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil UKV-A038 DC12 V
7 PC board (Compressor) MCC-1596
8 PC board (Fan motor drive) MCC-1597
9 PC board (Control) MCC-1599
10 PC board (Noise filter) MCC-1600
11 High pressure switch ACB-4UB83W OFF = 4.15 +0, -0.3 Mpa
12 Compressor case thermostat US-622 OFF = 125 ± 4 °C, ON = 90 ± 5 °C
13 Relay EL200/240 A2-F() Contact = AC480V, 20 A

28
6-3. Hot water cylinder unit
Model name
1501 2101 3001
No. Component name CSH CSH CSH Type name Rating
M3-E M3-E M3-E
(-UK) (-UK) (-UK)
1 Hot water cylinder heater O O O – AC230 V 2.7 kW
Hot water cylinder temperature 10 kΩ (25 °C)
2 sensor O O O –
(TTW sensor)
Thermal cut-out Operating temperature
3 O O O –
Manual reset 82 °C (+3K/-2K)

O ······· Applied

29
6-4. Water heat exchange control board
HWS-805XWHM3-E, 805XWHT6-E, 805XWHT9-E
HWS-1405XWHM3-E, 1405XWHT6-E, 1405XWHT9-E
TC sensor connector TTW sensor connector
CN203 CN214
PWM signal line Remote controller TFI sensor Low pressure sensor connector
connector connector connector CN207, CN212
CN500 CN41 CN213 THO sensor connector
CN206
TWI sensor connector
CN204
TWO sensor connector
CN205
Pressure switch connector
Relay board CN201
connector Overheat protection thermostat
CN501 input connector
CN202
Flow switch connector
CN200
Option board
connector
CN208-CN211

Transformer connector
CN102

Built-in circulation
pump connector
CN603
Transformer input connector
Hot water cylinder CN101
drive connector
CN601
AC power supply connector
CN100

3WV drive connector Serial input connector

CN602 CN305
Mixing valve drive Backup heater 1 drive Backup heater 2 drive connector
connector connector CN606
CN604 CN605

30
6-5. Outdoor control board (Single phase type)
HWS-805H-E
Power circuit protection Reactor connection connector
fuse
F100 (250 V, 3.15 A, Electrolytic capacitors
plastic case) Fan motor output Compressor output terminals
CN300 (White) CN202
Case thermostat connector CN201
CN609(Blue) CN200

High-pressure switch connector

CN690(Red)

4-way valve connector

CN701(White)

Compressor ON
output connector
CN704(Blue)

Heater output connector

CN703(Grey)

External input connector

CN610(Yellow)

Special operation switches

SW801
SW804

Display change-over switches

SW800
SW803

Temperature sensor connectors

TL CN604(White)
TD CN603(White)
TO CN602(Yellow)
TE CN601(White)
TS CN600(White)
Alive, error display LEDs
D800 804(Yellow)
D805(Green)
4-way valve protection Power circuit protection
PMV connector fuse fuse
CN710 (White) F700 (250 V, 3.15 A, F01 (250 V, 25 A)
plastic case)
Initialization switch Connecting cable connector Power supply connection lead
SW802 CN04(White) wires
Hydro-outdoor communication signal LEDs P01(Red)
D503 (Green, Outdoor => Hydro) Connecting cable protection fuse P02(White) Earth lead wire
D502 (Amber, Hydro => Outdoor) F03 (250 V, 10 A)
P09 (Black)

31
HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E
Fan motor output (Lower) Fan motor output (Upper) Compressor output terminals
CN300(White) CN400(White) CN202 Electrolytic capacitors
CN201
CN200
Case thermostat connector
CN609(Blue)

High-pressure
switch connector
CN690(Red)

Power circuit protection

fuse
F100(250 V, 3.15 A,
plastic case)
4-way valve connector
CN701(White)
Compressor ON output
connector
CN704(Blue)
Heater output
connector
CN703(Grey)
External input connector
CN610(Yellow)
Special operation switches
SW801
SW804
Display change-over
switches
SW800
SW803
Temperature sensor
connectors
TL CN604(White)
TD CN603(White)
TO CN602(Yellow)
TE CN601(White)
TS CN600(White)
Alive, abnormal display LEDs
D800 804(Yellow)
D805(Green) Power supply connection
lead wires
PMV connector P01(Red)
CN710(White) P02(White)
4-way valve protection fuse
Initialization switch F700(250 V, 3.15 A
SW802 plastic case) Earth lead wire
P09(Black)
Connecting cable connector
Hydro-outdoor communication CN04(White)
signal LEDs
D503 (Green, Outdoor =>Hydro) Connecting cable protection fuse
D502 (Amber, Hydro => Outdoor) F03(250 V, 10 A) Power supply protection fuses
F01
(250 V, 25 A)

32
6-6. Outdoor unit control (3 phase type)
HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E
MCC-1596 (Compressor IPDU)

CN851 (Red) CN101 (White)

Connector for MCC-1597 (CN505) Connector for MCC-1597 (CN502)

CN13 (Black)
Terminal for power relay

F02
Electric circuit protective fuse
(500 V, 31.5 A)

CN12 (White)
Terminal for MCC-1600 (CN17)

F01
Electric circuit protective fuse
(500 V, 31.5 A)

CN11 (Red)
Terminal for power relay

CN04 (Red)
Terminal for PTC thermistor

CN211 (Red), CN212 (White), CN213 (Black) CN19 (Yellow), CN20 (Yellow)
Compressor output terminal Terminal for reactor CH78

33
MCC-1597 (Fan Motor IPDU)

CN750 (White) CN700 (Blue) CN500 (Red)

Fan motor output (Upper side) Fan motor output (Lower side) Connector for MCC-1600 (CN23)
and reactor CH68

CN504 (Blue) CN602 (Black) F500

Connector for MCC-1599 Connector for MCC-1600 (CN51) Electric circuit protective fuse
(CN802) (250 V, 15 A)

P501 (Black) CN505 (Red) CN502 (White)

Lead wire for grounding Connector for MCC-1596 (CN851) Connector for MCC-1596 (CN101)

34
MCC-1599 (Interface (CDB))

CN708 (Blue) CN608 (White)

Connector for power relay coil Connector for MCC-1600 (CN50)

CN02 (Red)
Connector for CN802 (White)
MCC-1600 (CN10 and CN19) Connector for MCC-1597 (CN504)

F01
CN700 (Yellow) Power supply protective fuse
4-way valve connector (250 V, 3.15 A)

Temp.sensor connector
CN604 (White) TL sensor
CN603 (White) TD sensor
CN602 (Yellow) TO sensor
CN601 (White) TE sensor
CN600 (White) TS sensor
Specific operation switch
SW801
SW804
SW805
SW806
Display select switch
CN703 (Gray) SW800
Heater output SW803
connector
Initial setting switch
SW802

Power-ON,error display LED

D800 to D804 (Yellow)
D805 (Green)

Hydro/Outdoor communication
signal LED
CN690 (Green) CN609 (Blue) CN710 (White) D503 (Green), (Outdoor → Hydro)
High-pressure Case thermostat connector PMV1 Connector D502 (Orange), (Hydro → Outdoor)
switch connector

CN01 (White)
CN704 (Blue) CN610 (Yellow) Inter-unit cable connector
Compressor ON
out put connector Outside input connector

35
MCC-1600 (Noise Filter)

CN05 (Red) CN10 (Red) CN16 (Red)

Power supply terminal (L1) Terminal for MCC-1599 (CN02) and Terminal for PTC thermistor Terminal for power relay

F01
Varistor protective fuse
(250 V, 6.3 A)

CN06 (White)
Power supply terminal (L2)

CN17 (White)
F02 Terminal for
MCC-1596 (CN02)
Varistor protective fuse
(250 V, 6.3 A) CN18 (Black)
Terminal for
power relay
CN07 (Black)
Power supply terminal (L3) CN19 (Gray)
Terminal for
F03 MCC-1599 (CN02)
Varistor protective fuse
(250 V, 6.3 A) CN09 (Brown)
Terminal for
grounding
CN20 (White)
Power supply terminal (L2) CN23 (Red)
Connector for
MCC-1597 (CN500)

CN08 (Gray)
Neutral terminal

CN51 (Black) CN50 (White)

Connector for Connector for
MCC-1597 (CN602) MCC-1599 (CN608)

36
 Expansion vessel Air vent valve
zone1
Fan coil unit
7
set : 1bar Thermal protector Booster heater
Single operation (local)
set : 95 ± 5 °C
Boiler
Overpressure preventive (local)
valve THO
set : 4.3bar
Safety valve
set : 3.5bar
Thermal protector
(auto) By-pass valve
set : 75 ± 3 °C Circulation pump (locally procured)
max : 10 bar

Pressure switch Manometer

4.15 MPa gage : 6bar
Motorized 3-way valve

M
TWO
(locally procured)
AC230 V

Water vent
valve

2-way valve for

Strainer cooling mode
Low pressure sensor (locally procured)
7-1. Water system diagram

Backup heater Flow sw (locally procured) Radiator unit

TC Ø1 : 3 kW TWI 40 mesh AC230 V

37
Ø3 : 6 kW
Ø3 : 9 kW
Water heat exchanger
By-pass valve
max : 10bar
Drain cock for water charge (locally procured)
(locally procured)

Pressure relief
Set value : 7 bar (UK)
Relief valve(UK)
Water outlet 90 °C zone2
10 bar

Motorized mixing valve

Thermal cut-out (locally procured)
(manual reset) AC230 V
82 °C (+3K/-2K) Circulation pump
(locally procured)
Outdoor unit TTW
8~16 kW Cylinder heater
(Single phase) Ø1 : 2.7 kW TFI
M

(3 phase)
Floor
Reducing heating
valve (UK)
3.5 bar
Water inlet
Buffer tank (locally procured)
Hot water cylinder
Local hot water system
Refrigeration cycle / Water system diagram
Installation example of water circuit

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5) (6)

The water flowing for a system without buffer tank ((1), (2), (3), (5)) requires18 /min (805XWH 13 /min) or more.
This water flowing requires 5 or more branches of Floor heating or Radiator etc.
Less than 5 branches may cause a flow deficiency. In this case, please provide a buffer tank and secondary pumps
as shown in (4).
Please check how to install the boiler (See page 50)

38
7-2. Refrigeration cycle system diagram
HWS-805XWHM3-E, HWS-805XWHT6-E, HWS-805XWHT9-E / HWS-805H-E

Outdoor unit Hydro unit

Heating / Hot-water supply Low

Defrosting / Cooling Expansion vessel
pressure
High-pressure sensor Manometer
switch
TWO
Water vent valve
TD Safety Air vent valve
valve
Pressure switch Backup heater
Compressor Plate-type
4-way valve
water heat
TS exchanger
Circulation pump
THO
TO Pulse motor valve TC TWI
P

TE
Outdoor heat Flow switch
exchanger
Accumulator

Refrigerant R410A ... 1.8 kg

HWS-1405XWHM3-E, HWS-1405XWHT6-E, HWS-1405XWHT9-E / HWS-1105H-E,

HWS-1405H-E

Outdoor unit Hydro unit

Heating / Hot-water supply

Low Expansion vessel
Defrosting / Cooling
pressure
High-pressure sensor Manometer
switch
TWO
Water vent valve
TD Safety Air vent valve
valve
Pressure switch Backup heater
Compressor Plate-type
4-way valve
water heat
TS exchanger
Circulation pump
THO
TO Pulse motor valve TC TWI
P

TE
Outdoor heat Flow switch
exchanger
Accumulator

39
HWS-1405XWHM3-E, HWS-1405XWHT6-E, HWS-1405XWHT9-E / HWS-1105H8(R)-E,
HWS-1405H8(R)-E, HWS-1605H8(R)-E

Outdoor unit Hydro unit

Heating / Hot-water supply

Low Expansion vessel
Defrosting / Cooling
pressure
High-pressure sensor Manometer
switch
Muffler TWO
Water vent valve
TD Safety Air vent valve
valve
Pressure switch Backup heater
Compressor
4-way valve Plate-type
water heat
TS exchanger Circulation pump
THO
TO Pulse motor valve TC TWI
P

TE
Outdoor heat Flow switch
exchanger
Accumulator

40
8 Operational description
This chapter describes the working circuit and control of Air to Water Heat Pump about the following operations.

Item Page
8-1. Basic Operation
1) Operation control
8-1 2) Hot water supply operation 42 to 44
3) Heating operation
4) Cooling operation
8-2. Operation Mode and Control Method
1) Heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling
2) Hot water supply operation
3) Heating operation
4) Cooling operation
5) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "heating"
6) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling"
8-2 45 to 56
7) Boiler control
8) Hot water boost operation
9) Anti bacteria operation
10) Night setback operation
11) Frost protection operation
12) Auto operation
13) Night time low-noise operation
8-3. Hydro Unit Control
1) Capacity control (compressor, high-temperature release, low-temperature release)
2) Heater control
3) Circulation pump control
4) Control by the flow switch
5) Mixing Valve control (2-temperature heating control)
6) Room temperature control
7) Room temperature control with the thermostat
8-3 8) Hot water cylinder thermostat control 56 to 73
9) Control of force stop and restart
10) Control of limit of heat pump operation
11)Output signal control 1
12)Output signal control 2
13) Q-H characteristics of hydro unit
14) Automatic restart control
15) Piping freeze prevention control
16) High return water protect control
8-4. Outdoor unit control
1) PMV (Pulse motor valve) control
2) Discharge temperature release control
3) Current release control
4) Current releases shift control
5) Outdoor fan control
6) Defrosting control
8-4 74 to 82
7) Winding heating control
8) Short circuit operation prevention control
9) Over current protection control
10) High pressure release control
11) High pressure switch
12) Compressor case thermostat
13) Bottom plate heater control

41
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
8-1. 1) Operation control 1. Purpose
Basic The operations of the
Operation Remote controller hydro unit and the
outdoor unit are
Operation controlled according to
Remote controller settings user-defined operation
condition selection <Heating> Temperature setting condition settings.
<Hot water supply > Temperature setting 2. Details
Heating: Run/Stop <Cooling> Temperature setting The operation controls
include those shown on
Hot water supply: Run/Stop
the left.
Cooling: Run/Stop Auto Temp 3. Operations
Anti bacteria 1) An operation condition
Serial signals transmit Frost protection is selected with the
Hot water boost remote controller.
and receive
2) Setting the remote
controller button to
AC 220~230 V for Hot water cylinder heater “ON” transmits a signal
Hydro to the hydro unit.
AC 380~400 V (3N~) for Back up heater 3) The hydro unit
unit controller controls the
operations shown on
Serial signals Thermostat (Cooling/Heating) the left while also
controlling the water 2-
transmit and receive way valve, water 3-way
Forcible stop input valve, circulation
pump, mixing valve,
Water heat hot water cylinder
exchange Error Alarm stop output heater, and backup
Sub board heater.
Defrosting output
4) The hydro unit
Operation output controller transmits an
Boiler "ON/OFF" operation instruction to
the outdoor unit, and
Booster Heater uses serial signals to
transmit and receive
2WV_W Condensed temperature sensor (TC) control statuses.
3WV_W Water inlet temperature sensor (TWI) 5) The outdoor unit
Hot water supply control unit performs
heater MG Water outlet temperature sensor (TWO) the operation controls
Mixing Valve Water heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) shown on the left while
also controlling the
Hot water cylinder sensor (TTW) compressor, outdoor
Water heat
Pressure switch Floor inlet sensor (TFI) fan motor, pulse motor
exchange valve, and 4-way valve.
Low pressure sensor Overheat prevention thermostat
control board
Flow switch
Hot water cylinder heater
Backup heater 1 power-relay
Serial signals Backup heater 2 power-relay
transmit and receive
Pump 1 (Built-in circulation pump)

Outdoor Serial AC 220 - 230 V for heat pump (Single phase type)
unit communication AC 380 - 400 V for heat pump (3 phase type)

Serial signals Outdoor unit control Compressor

Inverter frequency control Inverter
transmit and receive Outdoor fan motor
Waveform synthesis function
Calculation function (Temperature calculation)
Outdoor
AD conversion function TD sensor
unit control
Rapid heating function TS sensor
Compressor restart TE sensor
Delay function TO sensor
G-Tr overcurrent prevention function PMV
Defrosting operation function 4-way valve

High pressure switch

42
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
8-1. 2) Hot water supply operation Hot water supply operation
Basic 1. Purpose
Operation Hot water supply Hot water supply
Hot water temperature: 40 °C to 75 °C 2. Details
operation start
This section performs
hot water supply
operation according to
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control
Hydro unit heating conditions
Water 3-way valve control specified for the steps
control
Hot water cylinder heater control on the left.
3. Operations
1) By pressing the [ ]
Operation instruction button on the remote
signal transmit controller, the hydro
unit controller starts to
transmit a hot water
Number of compressor revolutions control supply operation signal
to the outdoor unit.
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control 2) The hydro unit
control Pulse motor valve control performs the operation
4-way valve control controls shown on the
left while also
controlling the
circulation pump, hot
water cylinder heater
“3WV”.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, electric
expansion valve, and
4-way valve based on
the operation signals
transmitted by the
hydro unit.

3) Heating operation Heating operation

1. Purpose
Heating operation Heating
Heating temperature: 20 °C to 55 °C
start 2. Details
This section performs
heating operation
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control according to heating
Hydro unit Water 3-way valve control conditions specified for
control Water 2-way valve control the steps on the left.
Mixing Valve control 3. Operations
Backup heater control 1) By pressing the [ ]
button on the remote
Operation instruction Booster heater control controller, the hydro
signal transmit unit controller starts to
transmit a heating
operation signal to the
Number of compressor revolutions control outdoor unit.
2) The hydro unit
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control performs the operation
control Pulse motor valve control controls shown on the
4-way valve control left while also
controlling the
circulation pump,
backup booster heater
“ON/OFF”, water 2-
way valve, and water 3-
way valve.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, electric
expansion valve, and
4-way valve based on
the operation signals
transmitted by the
hydro unit.

43
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
8-1. 4) Cooling operation 1. Purpose
Basic Cooling
Operation Cooling operation 2. Details
Cooling temperature: 7 °C to 25 °C This section performs
start
cooling operation
according to cooling
conditions specified for
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control the steps on the left.
Hydro unit
Water 3-way valve control 3. Operations
control
Water 2-way valve control 1) By pressing the [ ]
button on the remote
controller, the hydro
Operation instruction unit controller starts to
transmit a cooling
signal transmit operation signal to the
outdoor unit.
2) The hydro unit
Number of compressor revolutions control controller performs the
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control operation controls
control Pulse motor valve control shown on the left while
also controlling the
4-way valve control circulation pump, water
2-way valve, and water
3-way valve.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, pulse motor
valve, and 4-way valve
based on the operation
signals transmitted by
the hydro unit.

44
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 1) Heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling
Operation Mode The heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling is shown on the figures below.
and Control 1) HWS-805XWH**-E
Method
TO
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
Heater for heating
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28 Cooling operation range
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
Heat pump operation range of
18 hot water supply and heating. Heating
17
16 With the exception of TO 25°C thermostat
15
14 or higher for heating. OFF
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 Heat pump operation
0
-1 range of hot water (Conditional operation range)
-2
-3
supply and heating Start condition: The compressor
-4 Freeze determination stops for less than 2 hours and
-5
-6 is executed only once. TD>50 °C.
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
Heater for heating
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Water temperature at inlet (TWI)

2) HWS-1405XWH**-E
TO
43
42
41
40
39
38
37 Heater for heating
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28 Cooling operation range
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19 Heat pump operation range of
18
17
hot water supply and heating. Heating
16
15
With the exception of TO 25°C thermostat
14 or higher for heating. OFF
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 Heat pump operation
0
-1 range of hot water
-2
-3
supply and heating
-4 Freeze determination (Conditional operation range)
-5
-6 is executed only once. Start condition: The compressor
-7
-8 stops for less than 2 hours and
-9
-10
TD>40 °C.
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
Heater for heating
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Water temperature at inlet (TWI)

45
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. The following shows the operation modes and controlled objects.
Operation Mode
and Control Operation Heating and Hot water both operate Cooling and Hot water both operate
mode
Method Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Hot for hot water for hot water
for heating for cooling
Cooling Heating water supply supply
only only supply
only Hot Hot Hot Hot
Heating water Heating water Cooling water Cooling water
Controlled side supply side supply side supply side supply
object side side side side
Heat pump O O O O × × O O × × O
Backup
× O × O × × × × × × ×
heater
Hot water
cylinder × × O × O × O × O × O
heater

O Possible
× Not possible
2) Hot water supply operation
1) Operation start condition
When the [ ] remote controller button is pressed and the
following operation start condition is met, the operation starts.
• TTW < 38 °C is detected.

2) Operation mode determination

An operation mode is determined according to the temperature TTW sensor
of TTW sensor.
• Heat pump operation selection *1 *2
• When TTW < 38 °C (a zone in the right figure) is met, the
heat pump operation is selected.
• Heater operation selection (Hot water cylinder unit)
When 45 °C ≤ TTW < TSC_H (b zone in the right figure) is
met, the heater operation is selected.
• Thermostat status "OFF" selection TTW
When TTW ≥ TSC_H is met, the thermostat status "OFF" is
selected.
TSC_H
3) Operation stop (Temperature set with Thermostat OFF c Zone
The operation stops in the following cases. remote controller)
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction. Heater operation
• TTW ≥ TSC_H is met. b Zone
HP_H OFF 45 °C
*1: When the outside temperature is -20 °C or below, the heater HP_H ON 38 °C
Heat pump
operation is selected even if the TTW temperature falls into operation a Zone
"a zone".
*2: When "Hot water supply" and "Heating" are simultaneously in
operation, the heater operation may be selected depending on TSC_H is hot water temperature
the outside air temperature. set with remote controller

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
1E Upper limit of hot water supply temperature 75 °C 60-80 °C
1F Lower limit of hot water supply temperature 40 °C 40-60 °C
20 Heat pump start temperature 38 °C 20-45 °C
21 Heat pump end temperature 45 °C 40-50 °C
24 Outside air correction start temperature for hot water supply*3 0 °C -20-10 °C
25 Outside air correction temperature for hot water supply*3 3 degree 0 -15 degree
*3:When the outside temperature is 0 °C or below, the boil-up temperature will be higher that setting temperature in hot
water supply mode.

46
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 3) Heating operation
Operation Mode <Operation only for ZONE1>
and Control • This operation is enabled when DP_SW12_2 ZONE1 is set to "OFF" (default).
Method • The remote controller displays settings, and only the set temperature of can be changed.

<Operation for ZONE1 and ZONE2 (2 temperatures control)>

• This operation is enabled when DP_SW12_2 ZONE1 is set to "OFF" (default) and DP_SW12_3 ZONE2 to "ON".
• The remote controller displays settings, and the set temperatures of
can be changed.
• To set temperatures for and , use SELECT to switch between and
.
• For 2 zone temperatures control, the flow adjustment of MIXING VALVE controls the water temperature of
. For details,
see the description on MIXING VALVE control in 8-3-5.

1) Operation start condition

Pressing the [ ] button of remote controller starts a heating TWI
operation. *1 *2
Thermostat off e zone
operation
2) Operation mode selection
TSC_F
An operation mode is determined according to the temperature
of TWI sensor. diff2K
• Heat pump operation selection *1 *2 d zone
When TWI < TSC_F (d zone in the right figure) is met, the
heat pump operation is selected.
• Thermostat status "OFF" Heat pump operation
When TWI ≥ TSC_F (e zone in the right figure) is met, the
thermostat status "OFF" is selected. TSC_F is a heating temperature
set with remote controller
3) Operation stop condition
When the following condition is met, the heating operation
stops.
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction.

*1: When the outside temperature is -20 °C or below, the heater

operation is selected even if the TWI temperature falls into
"d zone".
*2: When "Hot water supply" and "Heating" are simultaneously in
operation, the heater operation may be selected depending on
the outside air temperature.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
1A Upper limit of heating (Zone1) limited temperature 55 37-55 °C
1B Lower limit of heating (Zone1) limited temperature 20 20-37 °C
1C Upper limit of heating (Zone2) limited temperature 55 37-55 °C
1D Lower limit of heating (Zone2) limited temperature 20 20-37 °C

47
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 4) Cooling operation
Operation Mode Pressing the [ ] button twice, starts a cooling operation.
and Control
Method 1) Operation start condition TWI
Pressing the [ ] button twice, starts a cooling operation. Heat pump operation
(cooling)
TSC_F+2K or 12 °C d zone
2) Operation mode selection
(Temperature set with
An operation mode is determined according to the Diff : 2K
remote controller)
temperature of TWI sensor. e zone
TSC_F
• Heat pump operation selection *1 Thermostat off operation
When TWI ≥ TSC_F (d zone in the right figure) is met, the
heat pump operation is selected. TSC is a cooling temperature
• Thermostat status "OFF" set with the remote controller
When TWI < TSC_F (e zone in the right figure) is met, the
thermostat status "OFF" is selected.

3) Operation stop condition

When either of the following conditions is met, the cooling
operation stops.
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction.
• The operation is switched to heating.

*1: When the outside temperature is 10 °C or below, cooling does

not start even if the TWI temperature falls into "d zone".

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
02 Cooling mode availability 0 0: Permitted
18 Upper limit of cooling setting temperature 25 18-30 °C
19 Lower limit of cooling setting temperature 7 7-20 °C

5) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "heating"

At the time of "Hot water supply" and "Heating" simultaneous TO
operation, the operation mode is select as follows depending on Hot water
the outside air temperature. supply heat f zone
pump priority
Diff : 5deg
• f zone Operation with hot water supply priority operation
0
A heat pump operation is performed in the hot water supply (FC22) Heating heat g zone
side, and a heating operation in the heating side. pump priority
The heat pump maintains a supply of hot water for up to Diff : 5deg
operation
30 minutes during a simultaneous operation. -20
• g zone Operation with heating priority
Heater operation h zone *3
A heat pump operation is performed in the heating side, and
a cylinder heater operation in the hot water supply side.

Operation mode by zone

Zone Hot water supply side Heating side
f Heat pump *2 Stop *2
g Heater Heat pump
h Heater *3 Heater *3

*2: Note that after a heat pump operation for "Hot water supply" is selected in f zone, when the operation moves to a
heater operation for "hot water" and then 5 minutes has passed (Hot water supply operation in b zone), the operation
mode changes as follows.

Zone Hot water supply side Heating side

f' Heater Heat pump
When TTW ≥ 45 °C (FC: 21) is met, the operation ends f' zone and returns to f zone.

*3: If the h-zone operation starts while external temperature is higher than -20 °C, the h-zone operation continues for
60 minutes.

48
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
22 Priority mode switch temperature 0 °C -20-20 °C

* Note: When user selects “hot water supply” and “ZONE1,2”, and Heat pump selects hot water supply mode, the
Maximum operating time of heat pump is 30 min.

8-2. 6) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling"

Operation Mode For simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling", basically cooling runs by a heat pump operation, and
and Control hot water supply by a heater operation.
Method
Hot water supply side Cooling side
Normal Heater * Heat pump *
* By setting FC_0F to “1”, heat pump operation for “hot water supply” is permitted. Under the setting, the heat pump
runs for the hot water supply side when TTW is less than 38 °C.

Hot water supply side Cooling side

TTW<38 °C Heat pump stop
The operation mode returns to normal when TTW become 45 °C or more (FC: variable).

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
0F Heat pump operation for hot water supply permitted / not 0: Not permit 1:Permitted (Heat pump
permitted may run for hot water
supply.)

49
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 7) Boiler control
Operation Mode The boiler assists the hot water supply operation and heating operation according to the boiler’s position.
and Control
Method 7-1) Boiler setting
• TCB-PCIN3E optional PC board is required. Connect its connection cable to CN208 port on the PC board of the
hydro unit.
• Setting DPSW on the hydro unit: DP_SW13_2=”ON/OFF” switches “Using boiler / Not using boiler (Default)”.
Set the switch to “ON” when using the boiler.
• The temperature switching the boiler and heat pump: FC_23=-10 °C (Default) See the next item.
The boiler output becomes effective when the outside air temperature is -10 °C or less.
• Boiler position setting: DP_SW02_1=”ON/OFF” must be switched in accordance with the boiler position from the
3-way valve; before the 3-way valve / after the 3-way valve and in the heating side (Default).
When the switch is set to “ON”, the boiler runs in the hot water supply operations or heating operation. The action
of the 3-way valve depends on heat pump’s action and the boiler follows their action.
When the switch is set to “OFF”, the boiler runs in heating operation. Also, the boiler runs when the heat pump is
running for hot water supply while heating and supplying hot water simultaneously.
• Priority setting between the boiler and hydro unit: FC_3E=”0/1” switches the running priority; hydro unit (Default) /
boiler.
When FC_3E is set to “0” (Default), the hydro unit has priority, the boiler stops as temperature reaches the hydro
unit’s temperature setting.
When FC_3E is set to “1”, the boiler continues to run even after temperature reaches the hydro unit’s temperature
setting. (The setting of FC_3E is effective during the HP+Boiler operation.)
• Coordination setting of the boiler and heat pump: when FC_5B=”0”, the boiler and heat pump runs simultaneously.
When FC_5B=”1”, only the boiler runs, pump ON. (However, if the external air temperature becomes the boiler-HP
switching temperature or more within 60 minutes)
When FC_5B=”2”, the heater runs. (the heater may run instead for up to 60 minutes.)
When FC_5B=”3”, only the boiler runs. (Pump OFF:Default)
DP_SW10_3 should be “OFF (Default)”

<Installation example>
DP_SW02_1=“OFF”(The boiler is placed after the 3-way valve and in the heating side.)

Option
TO<=-10* -10*<TO
HEATING Boiler + HP*** HP
Boiler
HOT WATER HP HP
Boiler for heating
HEATING & HOT
HP for hot water HP
WATER
Outdoor
Hydro or heating
Buffer Radiator
unit
COOLING – HP (TO≥10)
HP for cooling
COOLING & HOT HP for cooling
Heater for hot
WATER Heater for hot water***
water***
* Boiler & HP switching temp setting FC23= -10
** Boiler control / functionality setting FC5B= 0 (HP+Boiler)
*** Hot water & cooling priority setting (FC_0F=“1” hot water
priority is necessary.)
DP_SW02_1=“ON”(The boiler is placed before the 3-way valve.)

TO<=-10* -10*<TO
HEATING Boiler + HP** HP
Boiler
HOT WATER Boiler + HP** HP
HEATING & HOT
Boiler + HP** HP
WATER
Outdoor
Hydro unit Radiator COOLING – HP (TO≥10)
Unit Buffer tank
HP for cooling
COOLING & HOT HP for cooling
Heater for hot
WATER Heater for hot water***
water***
* Boiler & HP switching temp setting FC23= -10
** Boiler control / functionality setting FC5B= 0 (HP+Boiler)
*** Hot water & cooling priority setting (FC_0F=“1” hot water
priority is necessary)

50
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 7-2) Boiler-output control
Operation Mode • I zone: heat pump operation
and Control Normally the heat pump operation is executed in the zone.
Method • J zone: heat pump operation and boiler operation *1
In the zone, the heat pump + boiler operation (*2) is executed and the heater operation is executed in the hot-water-
supply side.

TO

I zone
Heat pump Diff : 5K
operation
E
J zone
-10 Heat pump &
boiler operation

*2:Operation mode is not changed with the outside temperature when an external signal to control the limit of heat
pump limit operation (see 8-3-10) is input.

7-3) Boiler output limit control

The boiler power output is limited depending on the settings of boiler position (DPSW02_1) and FC62.
FC62
Boiler position Temperature range in which the boiler signal is output
(DPSW02_1) (Activate/deactivate A02 error (Detected temperature of TWI, TWO or THO)
detection)
OFF 0 TWI or TWO or THO<58 °C
(After 3-way valve, heating side) 1 TWI or TWO or THO<58 °C
ON 0 TWI or TWO or THO<70 °C
(Before 3-way valve) 1 No limit *1

7-4) A02 error detection while the boiler is running

A02 error detection is deactivated depending on the settings of FC62 and whether the boiler is installed or not
(DPSW13_2).
FC62 Temperature recognized as A02 error
Boiler is installed or not (Activate/deactivate A02
(DPSW13_2) (Detected temperature of TWI, TWO or
error detection) THO)
OFF 0 TWI or TWO or THO≥70 °C (Beep)
(Not installed) 1 TWI or TWO or THO≥70 °C (Beep)
ON 0 TWI or TWO or THO≥70 °C (Beep)
(Installed) 1 No error detection *1 (No beep)

*1 If a user runs the boiler under the condition that no limit has been set, and hot water from the boiler has damaged parts
inside of the hydro unit, the user is fully responsible for the damage.

7-5)2 zone temperature control while the boiler is running

2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DPSW10_3 OFF
ZONE2 operation is P2 synchronize FC5B
Boiler is installed 2 zone temperature control
using with P1 Coordination of the
(DPSW13_2) P1 / P2 / Mixing Valve control
(DPSW12_3) (DPSW10_3) boiler and heat pump
0
(Boiler and heat pump)
1
OFF ON / ON / ON
(Boiler only)
(No synchronize,
Always ON) 2
(Heater only)
3
OFF / ON / ON
ON ON (Boiler only(P1 OFF))
(Installed) (Using) 0
(Boiler and heat pump)
1
ON / ON / ON
ON (Boiler only)
(Synchronize) 2
(Heater only)
3
OFF / OFF / OFF
(Boiler only(P1 OFF))

51
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. Related FC
Operation Mode
and Control FC No. Setting item Default Variable range
Method 23 Boiler-heat pump switching temperature -10 °C -20-20 °C
3E Control priority between the hydro unit and boiler 0: Hydro unit control Independent temperature
(Control valid for operating heat pump mode) control for the hydro unit
and boiler
5B Coordination of the boiler and heat pump 3: Boiler only (Pump OFF) 0: Boiler and Heat pump
1: Boiler only
2: Heater only
62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0: Activate 1: Deactivate

8) Hot water boost operation

A Hot water boost operation heats the water quickly to the set temperature TSC_H = 75 °C (FC_09).

1) How to operate
• When pressing the [Hot water boost] button after pressing the remote controller [ ] button, a heat pump operation
in progress in the heating side switches to in the hot water side, and continues the operation regardless of the hot
water supply start condition, TTW < 38 °C. In addition, the hot water cylinder is immediately energized to start a Hot
water supply operation under TSC_H = 75 °C.
• A Hot water boost operation returns to the usual operation after 60 minutes passed or reached 75 °C.
• The remote controller display during a Hot water boost operation is the same as the set temperature display of a
usual Hot water supply operation.
• The usual set temperature change is used for changing the set temperature during a Hot water boost operation.
Change the BOOST set temperature with FC_09, if necessary.

HOT WATER button set to "ON"

Hot water boost button set to "ON"

Current heat pump Heating side

operation
Hot water Switches to Hot water
supply side supply operation
75 °C hot water operation (FC_09)

60 minutes operating time (FC_08)

Usual operation

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
09 Hot water boost set temperature 75 °C 40-80 °C
08 Hot water boost operation time 60 min 30-180 min
Every 10 min

52
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 9) Anti bacteria operation
Operation Mode An anti bacteria operation regularly performs a Hot water supply operation with the set temperature TSC_H = 75 °C
and Control (can be set with FC_0A).
Method
1) How to operate
• Pressing the [ ] button and then the remote controller [Anti bacteria] button changes the setting to TSC_H = 75
°C at the set cycle and time (both can be set with the remote controller FC) to start Anti bacteria operation.
• The first Anti bacteria operation starts when press the [Anti bacteria] button and starting time come.
• When the set temperature 75 °C is reached after the Anti bacteria operation started, the set temperature remains
another 30 minutes (can be set with FC_0B).
• The priority zone determined by the outside temperature selects an operation, Hot water heat pump or hot water
supply heater.
• The hot water heat pump operation, when selected, ignores the hot water supply start condition (TTW < 38 °C) and
forcibly performs a hot water operation.
• During Anti bacteria operation (Forcible hot water operation at 75 °C), the hot water set temperature display is not
changed. If it is changed from the remote controller, the normal hot water set temperature will be changed.

HOT WATER button set to "ON"

Anti bacteria button set to "ON"

Anti bacteria start time

75 °C hot water supply operation

75 °C hot water supply operation for 30 minutes

Usual hot water supply operation

(Set temperature: 40 °C to 75 °C)

Caution

• During a 75 °C hot water supply operation with Anti bacteria,

the remote controller does not display 75 °C.
• Be careful not to burn yourself; Output water may be hotter
than that displayed on the remote controller.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
0A Anti bacteria set temperature 75 °C 65-80 °C
0B Anti bacteria holding time 30 min 0 - 60 min
Remote Anti bacteria start time 22:00 0:00-22:00
controller 0C
Remote Anti bacteria operation cycle 7 days Every day to 10 days
controller 0D

53
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 10) Night setback operation
Operation Mode A Night setback operation performs heating at 5K lower and cooling at 5K higher temperatures against the remote
and Control controller set temperature from the setting start time (22:00) to the end time (6:00) every day.
Method
Note) • Set the remote controller time before starting a Night setback operation.
• The set time can be changed with remote controller FC. (See page 118)

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
Remote controller Night setback start Time setting 22:00 0:00-23:00
OE
Remote controller Night setback end Time setting 6:00 0:00-23:00
OF
26 Night setback setting Temperature width 5 degree 3 -20 degree
58 Night setback setting activate 0. Zone 1 & 2 1. Zone 1 only

11) Frost protection operation

A Frost protection operation performs heating at the set temperature RSC_F = 15 °C (FC).

1) How to operate
• Pressing the remote controller [ ] button and then the [Frost protection] button starts a heating operation at the
set temperature of 15 °C.
• Pressing again the [Frost protection] button cancels the Frost protection operation.
• The remote controller displays "F" as the temperature during Frost protection.
• A set temperature change during a Frost protection operation cancels the operation.

2) Automatic stop of Frost protection operation

• The operation period of Frost protection can be set at FC 12 and 13 on the remote controller.
Longest period available: 20 days and 23 hours
• By entering the operation period (day and hour) at FC 12 and 13 on the remote controller and pressing the [Frost
protection] button, the operation period is set and the Frost protection operation will automatically be finished after
the period has passed.
• The operation period setting (day and hour) is stored in the memory.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range
3A Frost protection Yes / No 1: Yes 0: No
3B Frost protection Set temperature 15 °C 10-20 °C
12 (Remote controller) FROST running period (days) 0 0-20 days
13 (Remote controller) FROST running period (hours) 0 0-23hours

54
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 12) Auto operation
Operation Mode An Auto operation sets the water temperature TSC_F depending on the outside air temperature TO.
and Control
Method 1) How to operate
• Pressing the remote controller [ ] button and then setting Auto mode "ON" starts Auto operation for heating.
• During an Auto operation, setting Auto mode "OFF" returns to the usual manual set heating operation.
• The remote controller displays "A" as the temperature during an Auto operation.
(When 2-temperature control is enabled, the remote controller displays "A".)
• Long-pressing the [ ] button in menu display activates the Auto-Curve FC change mode, enabling the set Auto-
Curve water temperature to be shifted by ±5K range (FC_27). When using the auto curve shift function please note
the maximum and minimum water temperature at 55 °C and 20 °C respectively.
• Even if the temperature setting is changed during an Auto operation, the operation continues.
• An Auto operation works with a heating operation only, not with a cooling or a hot water supply operation.

<ZONE1>
• An operation starts at the set temperature of straight -line approximation for the following: water temperature A °C
with the outside temperature T0 °C, B °C with T1 °C, C °C with T2 °C, D °C with T3 °C, and E °C with 20 °C.

Related FC
TSC_F (°C)
± 5K adjustable (FC 27) FC No. Setting item Default range
A(40)
2C Setting temperature A at T0 40 20~55 °C
B(35)
2D Setting temperature B at T1 35 20~55 °C
C(30)
2E Setting temperature C at T2 (= 0 °C) 30 20~55 °C
D(25)
2F Setting temperature D at T3 25 20~55 °C
E(20)
30 Setting temperature E at 20 °C 20 20~55 °C
T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) A1 Outside temperature T0 -20 -30~-20 °C
(-20) (-10) (10)
29 Outside temperature T1 -10 -15~0 °C
2B Outside temperature T3 10 0~15 °C
27 Set temperature shift with heating set to auto 0 -5 to 5K

<ZONE2>
• Set temperature of the ZONE2 can be selected from two methods (FC_A2). One is a percentage of ZONE1, the other
is a fixed value.
FC_A2 = "0" : Percentage method that is set by FC_31.
FC_A2 = "1" : Fixed value method that is set by FC_A3, A4 and A5.
However, it is automatically controlled the set temperature of ZONE1 to be the ZONE2 or more.

FC_A2=0 Percentage method FC_A2=1 Fixed value method

TSC_F(°C) TSC_F(°C)
ZONE 1 A'(40)
A(40)

B(35) ZONE 2
B'(35)
80 % (FC_31) of ZONE1
C(30)

D(25)

E(20) E'(20)

T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) T0 T1 20 TO (°C)

(-20) (-10) (10) (-20) (-10)

Auto-Curve in ZONE2 shows 80% (FC) of that of ZONE1, The ZONE2 set temperature A' °C with the outside
the water temperature setting does not fall below 20 °C. temperature T0 °C, B' °C with T1 °C, E' °C with 20 °C.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default range
A2 The choice of how to set ZONE2 0 0 or 1
A3 Setting temperature A' at T0 40 20~55 °C
A4 Setting temperature B' at T1 35 20~55 °C
A5 Setting temperature E' at 20 °C 20 20~55 °C
31 Auto-Curve ratio of ZONE2 80 0~100%

55
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-2. 13) Night time low-noise operation
Operation Mode A night time low-noise operation reduces operation frequency and the number of outdoor fan rotations for a certain period
and Control during night time as noise control for urban operation.
Method
Maximum operation frequency 40.2 Hz (Hot water supply/Heating/Cooling)
Maximum fan tap 460 rpm (805H-E)
500 rpm (1105H-E, 1405H-E)
(1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E)
The night time low-noise operation is enabled / disabled by changing the remote controller FC_09.
<How to set> - Refer to “11. Night time Low-noise Setting” on page 153.
Select "Silent mode" in menu display, and set to "ON".

8-3. 1) Capacity control (compressor, high-temperature release, low-temperature release)

Hydro Unit Control
This unit controls the compressor frequency and heater output so that the water outlet temperature matches the remote
controller set temperature.

1-1) Compressor control

• Calculates the different between the remote controller set temperature (TSC_H, TSC_F) and the water outlet
temperature (Hot water supply: THO, Heating: TWO).
• Sets the Hz signal correction amount that determines the number of compressor rotations by the temperature
difference.
• Detects the number of compressor rotations.
• Compares the Hz signal correction amount and the current operation Hz, and changes the compressor output
according to the difference.
* The control details are the same for hot water supply, heating, and cooling.

Remote controller Hydro unit

Temperature settings Water outlet temperature
(TSC_H, TSC_F) (THO, TWO)

TSC_H-THO for hot water supply

TSC_F-TWO
for heating/cooling

Hz signal correction

Number of compressor
rotation detection

Hz signal correction ≤ Operation Hz

Inverter output change

Number of compressor
rotation change

Compressor frequency changeable range 10 Hz to 70 Hz (805, 1405H-E, 1605H8(R)-E)

10 Hz to 60 Hz (1105H-E, 1105H8(R)-E)
10 Hz to 66 Hz (1405H8(R)-E)

56
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 1-2) High temperature release control
Hydro Unit Control A heat pump operation is performed as shown in the table below according to the TC sensor detecting temperature.
• For the detected temperature, TC (= TWO + 2 degree) of a heat pump operation is used. The values of T7 through
T10 varies depending on TWI. (See the table below)
• If the compressor frequency instruction from the hydro unit is less then 10 Hz, the compressor stops.
• TC > 62 °C causes the compressor to stop abnormally. When the compressor restarts 140 seconds after the stop
and TC > 62 °C is not detected for 20 minutes, the abnormal stop counter is cleared. 10 times of compressor
abnormal stop stops the operation of heat pump, and fault code A11 is displayed on the remote controller.
* If the heat pump operation is switched to other operation, the abnormality detection counter is reset to 0.

TC (TWO+2) Zone Control operation

Forcible stop R1 Increase compressor frequency by 0.8 Hz every
T11 60 sec.
(62.0 °C) O (down)
R2 Increase compressor frequency by 0.4 Hz every
T10 60 sec.
P (slow down)
T9 O Decrease compressor frequency by 4.5 Hz every
Q (keep) 10 sec.
T8 P Decrease compressor frequency by 2.4 Hz every
R1 R2 (slow up)
(slow up) 10 sec.
T7 Q Keep compressor frequency.
S (normal)

TC=TWO+2degree (°C)
TWI T7 T8 T9 T10 T11
TWI<30 57.0 59.0 60.0 61.0 62.0
30 ≤ TWI<35 57.0 59.0 60.0 61.0 62.0
35 ≤ TWI<40 56.5 58.5 59.5 60.5 62.0
40 ≤ TWI<45 56.5 58.5 59.5 60.5 62.0
45 ≤ TWI<50 56.0 58.0 59.0 60.0 62.0
50 ≤ TWI 56.0 58.0 59.0 60.0 62.0

1-3) Low temperature release control

A heat pump operation is performed as shown in the table below according to the TC sensor detecting temperature.
• For the detected temperature, TC = TWO of a heat pump operation is used. The values of T7 through T10 varies
depending on TWI. (See the table below)
• If the compressor frequency instruction from the hydro unit is less then 10 Hz, the compressor stops.
• TC < 3 °C causes the compressor to stop abnormally. When the compressor restarts when 140 seconds has
passed after the stop and TC < 3 °C is not detected for 20 minutes, the abnormal stop counter is cleared. 10 times
of compressor abnormal stop stops the operation of heat pump, and fault code A11 is displayed on the remote
controller.
* If the heat pump operation is switched to other operation, the abnormality detection counter is reset to 0.

TC (TWO) Zone Control operation

S (normal) R1 Increase compressor frequency by 0.8 Hz every
T7 60 sec.
R1
R2 (slow up) R2 Increase compressor frequency by 0.4 Hz every
(slow up)
T8 60 sec.
Q (keep) O Decrease compressor frequency by 4.5 Hz every
T9
10 sec.
P (slow down)
T10 P Decrease compressor frequency by 2.4 Hz every
O (down) 10 sec.
T11 Q Keep compressor frequency.
Forcible stop

TC=TWO (°C)
TWI T7 T8 T9 T10 T11
TWI<10 8.0 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.5
10 ≤ TWI<15 8.5 6.5 4.5 3.4 2.5
15 ≤ TWI<20 9.0 7.0 5.0 4.0 2.5
20 ≤ TWI 9.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 2.5

57
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 1-4) Freeze release control (TC+TWO release control)
Hydro Unit Control For freeze prevention, the compressor is controlled during cooling operation as shown in the table below according
to the calculated values of TC and TWO.
• If TC + TWO falls below -15 for a total of 10 times, the compressor stops abnormally and fault code A10 is displayed
on the remote controller.
• When cooling operation has lasted normally for 10 minutes, the abnormality detection counter is reset to 0.

TC+TWO Zone Control operation

S : Normal
T7 S (normal) Normal cooling operation
P : Down Decrease compressor frequency by approx.
P (slowdown)
T8 2.0 Hz every 10 sec.
O : Down Decrease compressor frequency by approx.
T9 O (down)
4.0 Hz every 10 sec.
Forced stop
(Forced stop) Stop the compressor.

T7 T8 T9
TC+TWO 6.0 4.0 -15

58
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 2) Heater control
Hydro Unit Control 2-1) Hot water supply operation
During a hot water heat pump operation, the unit energizes the hot water cylinder heater (2.7 kW) when all the
following conditions are met. Note that when the hot water supply set temperature (TSC_F) is reached, the unit stops
energizing the heater.
• When 30 minutes has passed after the hot water heat pump operation started.
• The water inlet temperature (TWI) reaches 50 °C.
• The hot water cylinder sensor reaches the HP_OFF temperature (45 °C-FC).
• The HP_ON temperature (38 °C-FC) is reached without the hot water HP status.
• Hot water boost operation is in progress.

TTW
Abnormality detection (A03 displayed)
Z zone
85
Y zone Diff : 2K
Heater off

TSC_H X zone TSC_H-4

Heater on
Hot water boost
Heat pump_OFF(45) Heater on only with
Hot water boost in operation

(Heater on without Heat pump_ON (38 °C)

hot water heat (Hot water heat pump)
pump)

2-2) Heating operation

1) Heater control at the time of heat pump operation
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater
The backup heater control starts when 13 minutes has passed after the heating heat pump operation started and
select the ZONE (A-D). The backup heater control increases, decreases, or maintains the number of heaters
every 10 minutes (FC) depending on the difference between the heating set temperature (TSC_F) and the heater
outlet temperature (THO). When the heating set temperature (TSC_F) is reached, the hydro stops energizing
the backup heater.

THO

E zone Abnormality detection (A02 displayed)

70
Diff : 2K *1 HWS-805H-E only
D zone
Heater off
TSC_F-0
(+2) Heater output down every
*1 C zone
5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes
TSC_F-2
Diff : 2K
B zone
KEEP
TSC_F-4
Diff : 2K
A zone
Heater output up every
10, 20, 30, or 40 minutes

Status Heater ON/OFF

Heater 1 Backup-heater 1 3 kW = ON
Heater 2 Backup-heater 2 9 kW = ON

(1) HWS-**M3-E model has the backup heater 1 of 3 kW only.

(2) HWS-**T6-E model has the backup heater 2 of 3 kW. (Total 6 kW)
• Restriction of backup heater energization during heating mode (For energy saving)
When outdoor temperature is higher than the reference valve, the backup heater is forcibly off during heating mode.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range

Forcibly heater off
B8 no restriction -5 ~ 20 °C
at TO ≥ A °C

59
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 2) Control at the time of heating heater operation
Hydro Unit Control • Controlled Object: Backup heater, Booster heater
The backup heater control starts when 13 minutes has passed after the heating heat pump operation started.
The backup heater control increases, decreases, or maintains the number of heaters every 10 minutes (FC)
depending on the difference between the heating set temperature (TSC_F) and the heater outlet temperature
(THO). Note that when the heating set temperature (TSC_F) is reached, the unit stops energizing the heater.

THO

E zone Abnormality detection

70
Diff : 2K
D zone
Heater off
TSC_F+2
Heater output down every
C zone
5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes
TSC_F-0
Diff : 2K
B zone
KEEP
TSC_F-2
Diff : 2K
A zone
Heater output up every
10, 20, 30, or 40 minutes

Status Heater ON/OFF

Heater 1 Backup heater 3 kW = ON
Heater 2 Backup heater 9 kW = ON
Heater 3 Heater 2 + Booster heater

The single-phase model of 3 kW has the backup heater 1 only.

The three-phase model of 6 kW has heater 1+2 of 6 kW.
Booster heater operation come only output signal. (Booster heater activate under heater only mode)

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range

20 Hot water supply heat pump start temperature 38 °C 20-45 °C
21 Hot water supply heat pump stop temperature 45 °C 40-50 °C
33 Heater control of down time 1:10 min 0:5 min 2:15 min 3:20 min
34 Heater control of up time 0:10 min 1:20 min 2:30 min 3: 40 min

2-3) Heater control at the time of defrosting

THO
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater Heater OFF
When a defrosting operation starts during the heating heat
pump operation, the unit energizes a backup heater (3 kW) diff: 2K
according to the heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) and TSC_F - β
Heater ON
the set temperature (TSC_F) as shown in Figure.

1) When the heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) drops to

the temperature of 2 °C below the TSC_F-β, the backup
heater is energized.
β can be changed for energy saving. Status Heater ON/OFF
Heater 1 Backup heater 3 kW = ON
Defrosting ends according to the usual heater control.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range

β : 0 = 0K, ..., 4 = 40K
B9 0K 0K - 40K
Recommendation : β = 2(20K)

2-4) Forcible heater energization

To prevent freeze, the unit energizes or stops energizing a backup heater (3 kW) regardless of the unit status, not
operated or in operation.
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater
1) Energization start condition: TWO < 4 or TWI < 4 or THO < 4
2) Energization stop condition: TWO ≥ 5 and TWI ≥ 5 and THO ≥ 5
Defrosting ends according to the usual heater control.

60
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 2-5) No heater operation
Hydro Unit Control According to the DP_SW11 setting, the unit switches the energize / not energize for the hot water cylinder, backup
heater, and booster. For details, see 10-1.
(Caution)
All heater should be added to this Air to water system.
The system has been designed to operate with all electrical heaters energized.

61
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 3) Circulation pump control
Hydro Unit Control One circulation pump (external circulation pump P2) can be connected to the unit in addition to the built-in
circulation pump P1.
You can change the settings of the built-in circulation pump P1 and the external circulation pump P2 using
DP_SW10-1, 2, and 3 in the hydro unit.

Item Operation Initial value DPSW

Circulation 01: Built-in circulation pump P1’s action during hot water supply operation: OFF: HP operation SW10-1
pump HP operation only / Always energized only
DPSW10 02: Built-in circulation pump P1’s action during heating operation: OFF: Always SW10-2
Always energized / Turned off when TO sensor detect over than 20 °C. energized
03: External circulation pump P2’s action: OFF: Non- SW10-3
Non-synchronous / Synchronous with the built-in circulation pump P1 synchronous*2
04: Built-in circulation pump P1 ON/OFF cycling (During long periods of OFF: None SW10-4
system off)

If the external circulation pump P2 is set to Non-synchronous, the pump P2 is always energized.

3-1) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1

FC_code A0 Pump flow rate
Pump type: DC motor, rated voltage 220-230 V, 6 speed (changed manually)
0 (Default) 100%
The pump operation starts under the condition below:
1 90%
• When the [ ] or [ ] button is pressed. 2 80%
The pump operation stops under the condition below: 3 70%
• When the [ ] or [ ] button is pressed. 4 60%
(Operation will stop fully in about 1 minute.) 5 50%

The pump operation stops/restarts under the conditions shown below.

• When changing operation modes, the pump stops for 30 seconds.
P1 pump control
Boiler is installed or not Boiler position
(DPSW13_2) (DPSW02_1) Stop/restart temperatures
(TWI or TWO or THO)
OFF OFF (After 3-way valve, heating side) 70 °C / 68 °C
(Not installed) ON (Before 3-way valve) 70 °C / 68 °C
ON OFF (After 3-way valve, heating side) 70 °C / 68 °C
(Installed) ON (Before 3-way valve) 58 °C / 55 °C

3-2) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during the hot water supply operation
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 during the hot water supply operation using DP_SW10-1.
• DP_SW10-1 OFF (Default): The pump stops as the HP for hot water supply stops.
• DP_SW10-1 ON: The pump is always energized.

3-3) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during the heating operation
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 during the heating operation using DP_SW10-2.
• DP_SW10-2 OFF (Default): The pump is always energized.
• DP_SW10-2 ON : The pump stops when To ≥ 20 °C. (Practically the HP for heating is turned off.)

3-4) Synchronized external circulation pump P2

Pump type: DC motor, rated voltage 220-230 V, connectable directly up to 200W rated power output.
You can select whether the pump P2 is synchronized with the pump P1 using DP_SW10-3. The pump P2 is always
energized if the pump P2 is not synchronized.
• DP_SW10-3 OFF (Default): Non-synchronous
NOTE:
2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DP_SW10-3 OFF

3-5) Controlling the external circulation pump P2

You can change the action of the external circulation pump P2 during cooling operation by setting FC64.
• FC64=”00”(Default): The pump is always energized.
• FC64=”01” : The pump is always stopped.

62
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 3-6) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during cooling operation controlled with the room temperature thermostat
Hydro Unit Control or room temperature remote controller.
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 by setting FC65.
• FC65=”00”(Default): The pump is always energized.
• FC65=”01” : The pump is stopped when the thermostat is turned off.

3-7) Interval operation of the pump P1 during thermostat off operation (For energy saving)
The pump of the hydro unit performs intermittent operation according to the outdoor temperature during thermostat
off (compressor off) operation.
NOTE:
When boiler is installed (DPSW13_2 : ON), do NOT set intermittent operation or do NOT set the valve of A
(FC_BA) lower than the Boiler-heat pump switching temperature (FC_23).
A, lower limit of To during the heating operation, must be higher than the Boiler-heat pump switching
temperature.
Because when To is lower than the Boiler-heat pump switching temperature, the boiler output is ON state. But
if the pump stops due to the intermittent operation, the boiler output is also turned OFF.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting value

0: synchronized with 1: Always energized
5A Control of the pump P1 during the hot water supply operation
HP Equal to DPSW10-1
64 Control of the pump P2 during in cooling operation 0: Always ON 1: Always stopped
Control of the pump P1 while using the room temperature control 1: Stopped when the
65 0: Always ON
or room temperature thermostat thermostat is OFF
9E Turn off the P1 when TO sensor detect over than this temperature 0: 20 °C 10~30 °C
Pump P1 restart diff TO sensor temperature, when turn off the P1
6E 2: 2K 1~5K
by to sensor detection.
BA intermittent operation at TO ≥ A °C (heating) 0: continuous operation -5 ~ 20 °C
BB intermittent operation at TO < B °C (cooling) 0: continuous operation 25 ~ 35 °C

63
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 4) Control by the flow switch
Hydro Unit Control Whether water flows or not is judged with the ON/OFF of the flow switch.

Model Determined that water flows when: Determined that water does not flow when:
HWS-805**-E 13L or more water flows per minute Water less than 13L flows per minute
HWS-1405**-E 18L or more water flows per minute Water less than 18L flows per minute

Without water-flow determination from the flow switch after the hot water supply operation, heating operation, or cooling
operation, The HP, backup heater and booster heater are not energized. Similarly, The “A01” error indication flashes if
the flow switch judged that water does not flow.
The specification of the flow switch is the same in 805**-E and 1405**-E. The flow setting differs due to the specification
of piping in the hydro unit.

5) Mixing Valve control (2-temperature heating control)

To set different radiator unit supply temperatures or floor heating supply temperatures, the unit performs Mixing Valve
control.
When Mixing Valve "Yes" is selected, the unit controls Mixing Valve every 4 minutes (FC) based on the difference TSC_Δ
T between the Zone2 set temperature and TFI (floor inlet water temperature sensor) temperature as follows:

TSC_ΔT 2 ≤ TSC_ΔT -2 ≤ TSC_ΔT < 2 -2 > TSC_ΔT

Control value + 1 step (Open) ± 0 step - 1 step (Close)

Initial value Driving range 1 step Control cycle

6 0-12 3 WV move 7.5 degrees 4 min (FC)

To enable 2 zone temperature control switch DP_SW12-3 to ON.

NOTE:
The mixing valve will automatically be reset if 24 hours pass with the valve fully closed.
2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DP_SW10-3 OFF.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range

0C Mixing Valve operation time 60 30 - 240 sec
59 Mixing Valve control time 4 1 - 30 min

6) Room temperature control

You can install a sub remote controller (separately purchased) in a room to control room temperature.

6-1) Installing the sub remote controller

• Wiring with the main unit (See the figure on the right) : After detaching the front
panel, connect the sub remote controller to the right terminal on the main remote
controller, which is connected with the hydro unit. (No polarity)
• Place to install (inside a room): At the height of 100 cm-150 cm on a wall
Opposite to the radiator or fan coil installed
No assignment when floor heating is used on the room.

Right terminal on the

main remote controller

6-2) Room temperature control settings

• Function code setting:FC_40="1"
• Setting of the remote controller Temperature control “ON”.
(Setting → Initial setting → Temperature control)

64
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 6-3) Control method
Hydro Unit Control • The water temperature setting at starting operation is 40 °C (FC_9D) at heating and 20 °C (FC_96) at cooling.
If the temperature setting calculated by Auto curve at starting operation is used instead of the fixed temperature 40
°C (FC_9D), FC_B5 should be set to “1”.
• The target water outlet temperature is adjusted by 1deg every 30 minutes based on the TSC_rc, the temperature
setting on the remote controller, and the room temperature (temperature indicated on the remote controller: T_rc).
The adjustable range of water temperature is set with FC18-1B.
• The temperature set on the remote controller and actual room temperature may differ depending on the place of
the remote controller or room space. In that case, adjust temperature detection using FC02 (for heating) and FC03
(for cooling) on the remote controller.

Warm-mode A’ zone:Thermo off Cool-mode

TSC_rc+2K TSC_rc+0.5K
A zone:Thermo off D zone:Down water temp
TSC_rc+1K TSC_rc
B zone:Down water temp C zone:Keep water temp
TSC_rc TSC_rc+0K
C zone:Keep water temp B zone:Up water temp
TSC_rc-0.5K TSC_rc-1.0K
D zone:Up water temp A zone:Thermo off

How to shift up/down the temperature by remote controller FC02, 03

• Ambient temperature (remote controller) is higher than room temperature: example. 1deg
Change remote controller FC02, 03 = “-1K” to “-2K”
• Ambient temperature (remote controller) is lower than room temperature: example. 1deg
Change remote controller FC02, 03 = “-1K” to “0”
Correction control
T_rc
Heating Cooling
Setting is corrected upward Setting is corrected upward
D zone Water temperature setting is up by 1deg every 30 Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every 30
minutes. minutes.
C zone No correction No correction
Setting is corrected downward. Setting is corrected downward.
B zone Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every 30 Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every 30
minutes. minutes.
Thermo off. But if inlet water detect less 25 °C, then Thermo off
A zone
heat pump restart.
Setting is corrected downward.
Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every 39
A’ zone minutes.
Thermo off

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Variable range
18 Upper limit of cooling temperature setting 25 18-25 °C
19 Lower limit of cooling temperature setting 7 7-18 °C
1A Upper limit of heating temperature setting (Zone 1) 55 37-55 °C
1B Lower limit of heating temperature setting (Zone 1) 20 20-37 °C
40 Room temperature control 0 0:Not permitted 1:Permitted
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
96 cooling by the room temperature remote controller and 20 10-25 °C
room temperature thermostat
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
9D heating by the room temperature remote controller and 40 20-55 °C
room temperature thermostat
02 (Remote controller) Room temperature correction (at heating) -1 -10K - +10K, 1K step
03 (Remote controller) Room temperature correction (at cooling) -1 -10K - +10K, 1K step
B2 Heat pump restart water condition in A zone. 25 20-37 °C
Choose of the initial setting temperature. 0 : Use the temperature
Either use the temperature set in FC_9D, or use the set in FC_9D
B5 0
temperature calculated by Auto curve. 1 : Use the temperature
This applies heating operation only. calculated by Auto curve

65
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 7) Room temperature control with the thermostat
Hydro Unit Control You can install a commercially available thermostat to control room temperature.

7-1) Installing the room temperature thermostat

• TCB-PCM03E optional PC board is required. Connect its connection cable to CN211 port on the PC board of the
hydro unit.
• Wiring to the main unit: connect the optional PC board TCB-PCM03E to the hydro unit after detaching the front
panel.
Thermostat for heating : Connect TCB-PCM03E between the terminals (1) and (3).
Thermostat for cooling : Connect TCB-PCM03E between the terminals (2) and (3).
• Place to install (inside a room): At the height of 120 cm-180 cm on a wall
Opposite to the radiator or fan coil installed
No assignment when floor heating is used on the room.

7-2) Room temperature thermostat control setting

• Setting of DPSW on the hydro unit TCB-PCMO3E
PJ17
:DP_SW02_4=”ON”(Default“OFF”)

CN210
Red

CN211
Black

Terminal label

7-3)Heating thermostat operation

When the heating thermostat does not reach the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (3) is closed),
heating starts under the setting that water temperature for heating is 40 °C (FC_9D). If the heating thermostat has not
reached the assigned temperature 30 minutes after heating had started, the water temperature setting is turned up 1
degree, and the same action will be repeated every 30 minutes until the thermostat reaches the assigned temperature.
The backup heater and booster heater are controlled in the same way as in the normal HP operation.
When the heating thermostat reaches the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (3) is open), the heat
pump shifts to the “thermostat off” operation. During the operation, the water temperature setting is turned down by 1
degree every 30 minutes. The backup heater and booster heater are tuned off as the heat pump shifts to the
“thermostat off” operation.

7-4)Cooling thermostat operation

When the cooling thermostat does not reach the assigned temperature (the circuit between (2) and (3) is open),
cooling starts under the setting that water temperature fro cooling is 20 °C (FC_96). If the cooling thermostat has not
reached the assigned temperature 30 minutes after cooling had started, the water temperature setting is turned down
1 degree, and the same action will be repeated every 30 minutes until the thermostat reaches the assigned
temperature.
When the cooling thermostat reaches the assigned temperature (the circuit between (2) and (3) is closed), operation
shifts to the “thermostat off” operation. During the operation, the water temperature setting is turned up by 1 degree
every 30 minutes.

Room thermostat Correction control Heating operation Cooling operation

Thermo on Thermo off
Setting is corrected
CLOSE The water temperature setting is turned The water temperature setting is turned
upward
up by 1 degree every 30 minutes. up by 1 degree every 30 minutes.
Thermo off Thermo on
Setting is corrected
OPEN The water temperature setting is turned The water temperature setting is turned
downward.
down by 1 degree every 30 minutes. down by 1 degree every 30 minutes.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Variable range
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
9D heating by the room temperature remote controller and 40 20-55 °C
room temperature thermostat.
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
96 cooling by the room temperature remote controller and 20 10-25 °C
room temperature thermostat.
0 : Use the temperature
Choose of the initial setting temperature.
set in FC_9D
Either use the temperature set in FC_9D, or use the
B5 0 1 : Use the temperature
temperature calculated by Auto curve.
calculated by Auto curve
This applies heating operation only.

66
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 8) Hot water cylinder thermostat control
Hydro Unit Control Hot water can be supplied using an existing hot-water cylinder with a thermostat.

8-1) Installing the hot-water cylinder thermostat

• Optional board : TCB-PCM03E optional PC board is required. Connect its connection cable to CN210 port on the
PC board of the hydro unit.
• Wiring with the main unit : After detaching the front panel, install TCB-PCM03E optional PC board in the hydro unit.
Hot-water cylinder heating thermostat : Connect this thermostat between (1) and (2) on TCB-PCM03E.
• Place to install the thermostat (hot-water cylinder) : At a height of 30 to 50 cm from the base.
• Hot-water heater : A hot-water heater is required. (Without a hot-water heater, the hydro unit will not work.)

8-2) Setting the hot-water cylinder thermostat

Setting of DPSW on the hydro unit : DP_SW02_3 = “ON” (Default “OFF”)
TCB-PCMO3E
PJ17

CN210
Red

CN211
Black

Terminal label
8-3) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply operation only)
If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (2) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
After 30 minutes, the hot-water cylinder heater turns on, but the hot-water heat pump continues running until the hot-
water cylinder thermostat becomes open.
It should be noted, however, that the hot-water heat pump might stop if the water input temperature becomes high.

8-4) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply + heating operation)

If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (2) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
In 30 minutes, the hot-water heat pump stops. After that, only the hot-water cylinder heater is used to raise water
temperature.
The heat pump switches to heating operation. Unless the hot-water cylinder thermostat temperature rises, the hot-
water heat pump will never take over.

8-5) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply + cooling operation)

For automatic switching to hot-water supply plus cooling operation, FC-0F is required.
If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (2) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
In 30 minutes, the hot-water heat pump stops. After that, only the hot-water cylinder heater is used to raise water
temperature.
The heat pump switches to cooling operation. Unless the hot-water cylinder thermostat temperature rises, the hot-
water heat pump will never take over.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting value
Hot water HP allowance while cooling + hot water
0F 0:Not allow 1:Allow
supply

67
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 9) Control of force stop and restart
Hydro Unit Control The unit can be stopped and restarted with external input. By setting FC52, FC61 and FCB6, you can set an operation
mode to run/stop or can run/stop the unit in the mode assigned on the remote controller.
• TCB-PCM03E optional PC board is required.
Connect its connection cable to CN210 port TCB-PCMO3E
PJ17
on the PC board of the hydro unit.

CN210
Red

CN211
Black

Terminal label
9-1)Setting the control method
Select a control method by setting FC52.
• FC52=”0”:Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals (1) and (3) is closed. (Default)
• FC52=”1”:Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals (1) and (3) is opened.
• FC52=”2”: Starts ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals (1) and (3) is closed.
Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals (1) and (3) is closed.
• FC52=”3”:Starts/Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals (1) and (3) is received closed plus.

9-2)Setting the object to control

Select an operation mode by setting FC61.
• FC61=”0”:Hot water supply and heating (Default)
• FC61=”1”:Follows the setting on the remote controller (If the hot water supply operation, heating operation, or hot
water supply + heating operation is started manually after the unit was stopped with an external input, the new
status is reflected to the setting on the remote controller.)
• FC61=”2”:Hot water supply only
• FC61=”3”:Heating only
It is possible to control each of the heating and hot water supply with the following settings:
• FCB6=“1” (Default “0”) and FC61=“3” and DP_SW02_3=“OFF” (Default “OFF”)
The terminals (1) and (3) is the heating control.
The terminals (2) and (3) is the hot water supply control.
Both of control method is selected by FC52.

9-3)Cautions
The circuit between the external input terminals (1) and (3) is also used to control the limit of heat pump operation.
You cannot use the forced stop control when the circuit is configured to control the limit of heat pump operation. (See
page 70)

9-4)Setting example
• When you want to turn on/off the unit with static external input reflecting the operation setting on the remote controller
(hot water supply, heating, or hot water supply and heating).
FC52=”2”, FC61=”1”

RC on condition
× RC off condition
FC61=1 & FC52=2
Operation pattern
Operation Heating × ×
status 1 Hot water × ×

↓ open signal input Manually ON/OFF change by

remote controller
Operation Heating × × × ×
status 2 Hot water × × × ×

↓ close signal input close signal input

Operation Heating × ×
status 3 Hot water × ×

↓ open signal input

Operation Heating × × × ×
status 4 Hot water × × × ×

68
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. Basic operation logic
Hydro Unit Control There are 4 operation combination pattern for Heating & Hot water
When open signal is input, the operation status change to the next status.
For example, if current operation status is heating ON and hot water OFF, then next status to be heating OFF &
hot water OFF when pulse is input Hydro unit memorize the status of the operation pattern before changing OFF
status by close signal.
If pulse is input at operation status 2, the operation pattern in the status 3 is same pattern in the status 1.

Manually ON/OFF
If customer change operation pattern manually by remote controller, change then operation pattern will not be
same as the basic logic.
1. If customer stop operation (Heating off and hot water off) by the controller, then both heating& hot water
are not to be ON with close or open signal.
2. If the unit is stopped (Heating off and hot water off) by open signal, operation pattern will be referred to
the pattern before the unit OFF by close signal.

• When you want to turn on/off with the pulse input reflecting the operation setting on the remote controller (hot water
supply, heating, or hot water supply and heating).
FC52=”3”, FC61=”1”

RC on condition
× RC off condition
FC61=1 & FC52=3
Operation pattern
Operation Heating × ×
status 1 Hot water × ×
Manually ON/OFF
↓ Pulse input change by remote
controller
Operation Heating × × ×
status 2 Hot water × × ×

↓ Pulse input
Pulse input
Operation Heating × ×
status 3 Hot water × ×

↓ Pulse input

Operation Heating × × ×
status 4 Hot water × × ×

There are 4 operation combination pattern for Heating & Hot water
When pulse signal is input, the operation status change to the next status.
For example, if current operation status is heating ON and hot water OFF, then next status to be heating OFF &
hot water OFF when pulse is input Hydro unit memorize the status of the operation pattern before changing OFF
status by pulse signal.
If pulse is input at operation status 2, the operation pattern in the status 3 is same pattern in the status 1.

If customer change operation pattern manually by remote controller, then operation pattern will not be same as the
basic logic.
1. If customer stop operation (Heating off and hot water off) by the controller, then both heating& hot water
to be ON with pulse input.
2. If the unit is stopped (Heating off and hot water off) by pulse input, operation pattern will be referred to
the pattern before the unit OFF by pulse.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default Setting value
52 Control method 0 See page 135
61 Object to control 0 See page 135

69
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 10) Control of limit of heat pump operation
Hydro Unit Control When the peak period of electric power charge is set due to the contract or other conditions, you can limit heat pump
operation and give priority to boiler operation using an external input signal. (This control functions only during the
period the signal is input.)

• TCB-PCM03E optional board is required.

Connect its connection cable to CN210 port TCB-PCMO3E
PJ17
on the PC board of the hydro unit.

CN210
Red

CN211
Black

Terminal label

10-1)Setting the control method

Select an operation mode by setting FC61.
• FC61=”4”:Hot water cylinder heater = OFF, backup heater = OFF (Built-in circulation pump is ON.)
• FC61=”5”:Hot water cylinder heater = OFF, backup heater = OFF, heat pump = OFF, Built-in circulation pump is
stopped.

10-2)Control summary
When the TEMPO signal is input (the circuit is closed), the boiler signal is output regardless the outside temperature
and devices are turned off following the setting on FC61.
1. Basic operation: heating operation using the boiler
2. Switching to hot water supply: the water circuit is switched to the hot water supply side as the unit detect
that TTW is less than 38 °C.
3. Switching to heating: the water circuit is switched to the heating side as the unit detect that TTW is 45 °C
or more, or 30 minutes has passed since operation started. Heating operation continues at least 30
minutes.
4. The LED on the PC board lights up when the input signal is ON.

11)Output signal control 1

(TCB-PCIN3E optional PC board is required. Connect its connection cable to the CN208 terminal on the PC
board in the hydro unit.)
• The circuit between the terminals (1) and (2) gets closed as an error detection signal is output.
• The circuit between the terminals (3) and (4) gets closed as a boiler signal is output.
The LED on the PC board lights up when the signals are output.

12)Output signal control 2

(TCB-PCIN3E optional PC board is required. Connect its connection cable to the CN209 terminal on the PC
board in the hydro unit.)
< FC67=”0”: Default >
• The circuit between the terminals (1) and (2) TCB-PCIN3E PJ20 CN208
is closed during defrosting. Blue
• The circuit between the terminal (3) and (4)
is closed while the compressor is running.

< FC67=”1” >

• The circuit between the terminals (1) and (2)
gets closed as an error is detected.
• The circuit between the terminals (3) and (4)
is closed during operation (when the remote
CN209
controller is ON) Green
The LED on the PC board lights up when the Terminal label
signals are output.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting value

Changing the condition of optional 0: 1-2 During defrosting 1: 1-2 As error is detected
67 output (For the optional PC board
connected to CN209) 2-4 While compressor is running. 2-4 During operation

70
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 13) Q-H characteristics of hydro unit
Hydro Unit Control The following shows the Q-H characteristics.
13-1)HWS-805XWHM3-E, T6-E, T9-E
Hydraulic heat exchanger (8 kW) QH characteristics
Minimum flow rate
10

9 Hydro unit QH-

Characteristics (220/230 V)
8 Out of range

6
Pump duty
Head [m]

100 %
5

2
Pump duty Pump duty
1
60 % 80 %
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Flow rate [L/min]
13-2)HWS-1405XWHM3-E, T6-E, T9-E
Hydraulic heat exchanger (14 kW) QH characteristics
Minimum flow rate
10

9 Hydro unit QH-

Characteristics (220/230 V)
8
Out of range
7 Pump duty
100 %
6
Head [m]

3 Pump duty
80 %
Pump duty
2
60 %
1

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate [L/min]

71
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 14) Automatic restart control
Hydro Unit Control The unit records operation information before a power outage and retrieves the information after the power is
restored to restart automatically the operation with the information.

14-1)Operation during remote controller

• The operation status before a power outage automatically restarts after the power is restored. (The merit functions
are also enabled)
• Approximately 6 hours or more after a power outage
The operation status before a power outage automatically restarts after the power is restored.
But the merit functions (Night setback, Anti bacteria) are disabled.
The remote controller time displays "00:00". (The merit functions are disabled)

14-2)Operation during forcible automatic operation

A forcible automatic operation is performed when the power is restored after a power outage.

14-3) Operation during defrosting operation

When the power is restored after a power outage, the usual operation restarts.
Note: The operation details recorded before a power outage

Operation mode: Hot water supply, Heating, Cooling, Hot water supply + Heating, Hot water supply + Cooling
Set temperature: Hot water set temperature, Heating set temperature, Cooling set temperature

Merit function: Hot water supply operation (Anti bacteria)

Heating operation (Night setback)

15) Piping freeze prevention control

This control operates when the power is on regardless the remote controller setting ON or OFF.
To prevent frost bursting of the water piping for hot water supply and heating, the unit flows water with the
circulation pump when the temperature sensor value falls below a certain temperature.

15-1)Piping freeze prevention control 1

1) Start condition: TWO < 4 °C or THWI < 4 °C.or THO < 4 °C
2) End condition: TWO ≥ 5 °C and TWI ≥ 5 °C and THO ≥ 5 °C
3)-1 How to operate (circulation pump)
• When the circulation pump is not in operation, if the sensor detects the freeze prevention control start
temperature, the unit operate the circulation pump.
• During a freeze prevention operation, a heat pump operation does not start.
• When neither [Hot water supply] nor [heating/cooling] is in operation, if the end condition is not met when 3
minutes has passed after an operation starts, the unit performs the operation in 3)-2 to prevent freeze.
3)-2 How to operate (circulation pump + backup heater)
• When neither [Hot water supply] nor [heating/cooling] is in operation, if the end condition is not met when 3
minutes has passed after an operation starts.
• End condition: TWO ≥ 5 °C and TWI ≥ 5 °C and THO ≥ 5 °C
• Heating with the set temperature 55 °C operates.
3)-3 Abnormal stop
• If a freeze prevention operation continues for 30 minutes and does not meet the end condition, the operation
stops as abnormal stop. (Remote controller check code: A05)

15-2)Piping freeze prevention control 2

TC and TWO activates freeze prevention regardless of a heat pump operation mode.
1) Determination condition: TWO>20 °C. 2*TC+TWO<-12 °C is continuously detected for 180 seconds or longer.
Or TWO ≤ 20 °C. TC+TWO<4 °C is continuously detected for 180 seconds or longer.
2) Determination cancellation conditions
• The stop or operation mode is changed by the remote controller
• The mode is defrosting at the time of determination
At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met.
• The mode is other than defrosting at the time of determination
After cooling, heating, hot water heat pump restarts, the start condition is not met for 10 minutes.
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A04 error is displayed.

15-3)Piping freeze prevention control 3

This control applies only when defrosting is in operation.
1) Determination condition: During defrosting, TWI ≤ 15 °C is continuously detected for 30 seconds or longer (After
the stop, the unit restarts.)
2) Determination cancellation condition
• At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met.
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A04 error is displayed.

72
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-3. 15-4)Piping freeze prevention control 4
Hydro Unit Control When the value of Ps sensor is low, freeze prevention is activated regardless of a heat pump operation mode.
1) Determination condition: Low pressure sensor detects PS < 0.2 MPa and 90 seconds passes (defrosting and
cooling) (During a defrosting operation for cooling and heating, or hot water supply)
Low pressure sensor detects PS < 0.2 MPa and 10 minutes passes (heating and hot
water supply operation)
2) Determination cancellation condition
• After a restart, the start condition is not met for 180 minutes.
• At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met. (Defrosting operation for heating or hot water supply)
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A08 error is displayed.

16) High return water protect control

The hydro unit protects against high return water which made by separate boiler system.

TWI, TWO, THO

A02 error detect

70
(Diff : 2K)
Heat pump stop
50

Heat pump normal operation

When A02 error appeared, the built-in circulation pump will stop.

Related FC

FC No. Setting item Default Setting available range

62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0: Activate 1: Deactivate

This FC62 function is valid when DP_SW13-2 is ON. (See 10.1-1. Setting switch names and positions)

73
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 1) PMV (Pulse motor valve) control
Outdoor unit Valve opening is controlled using the expansion valve with a pulse motor according to a heat pump operation status.
control
• PMV is controlled between 30 and 500 pulses during an operation.
• At the time of a cooling operation, PMV is controlled with the usual target value of 1 to 4 K temperature difference
between TS sensor and TC sensor.
• At the time of a hot water supply or heating operation, PMV is controlled with the usual target value of 2 to 4 K (for
805H-E) or -1 to 4 K (for 1105, 1405H-E) +1 to 4 K (1105 to 1605H8(R)-E) temperature difference between TS sensor
and TE sensor.
• For both cooling and heating, if the cycle is overheated, PMV is controlled using the TD sensor.The usual target value
is 91 °C for a cooling operation, and 96 °C for a heating operation.
* A defective sensor may cause liquid back flow or abnormal overheat of the compressor, significantly shortening the
compressor life. If the compressor or other equipment is repaired, first check that the resistance of each sensor or the
refrigerant cycle has no problem, then start the operation.

2) Discharge temperature release control

This control detects an abnormality of the refrigerant cycle or compressor to perform failure prevention.

• This control reduces operation frequency if the PMV control does not lower the outlet temperature or if the outlet
temperature rapidly rises. The frequency control is broken down to the unit of 0.6 Hz to stabilize the cycle.
• If the discharge temperature detects the abnormal stop zone, the compressor stops and then restarts after 150
seconds. The abnormality detection counter is cleared when the operation continues for 10 minutes. If detected 4
times, the error code is displayed and the compressor does not restart.
* An abnormality could occur due to too less refrigerant, PMV defective, or cycle stuck.
• For details about an error displayed, see the check code list.

TD [°C]

Abnormal stop
111
Frequency normal down
109
Frequency slow down
106
Frequency hold
103
Frequency slow up
(up to the point instructed)
96
As instructed

74
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 3) Current release control
Outdoor unit The number of compressor rotation is controlled so that current value of the compressor drive circuit does not exceed the
control specified value.

• The outdoor unit detects the input current.

• The outside air temperature is detected and used to set the specified value of current.
• The number of compressor rotation instructed by the hydro unit is used to determine whether the current value
exceeds the specified value.
• If exceeds, the number of compressor rotation is reduced to the most approximate number instructed by the hydro
unit within the specified value range.

Outdoor unit current inverter Outside air temperature (TO)

Main circuit control current
Current release point setting

No
Operation current ≤ Settings

Compressor operation Hz down

Yes

Current degradation

Capacity control continue

Heating, Hot water supply

Outside temperature
TO (degree °C) Current release value (A)

805H-E except for 805H-E 805H-E 1105H-E, 1405H-E 1105H8(R)E, 1405H8(R)E, 1605H8(R)E
28.5 ≤ TO 35 ≤ TO 12.6 12.0 11.2
15 ≤ TO < 28.5 15 ≤ TO < 35 18.0 - (To - 15) × 0.4 20.0 - (To - 15) × 0.4 13.2 - (To - 15) × 0.1
TO < 15 18.0 20.0 13.2

Cooling

Outside temperature Current release value (A)

TO (degree °C) 805H-E 1105, 1405H-E 1105H8(R)-E 1405H8(R)-E 1605H8(R)-E
44 (47*) ≤ TO 9.5 15.0 7.5 7.5 7.5
39 ≤ TO < 44 (47*) 13.0 17.7 7.5 8.7 9.6
10 ≤ TO < 39 16.0 20.0 9.6 9.6 9.6

No cooling operation available for TO < 10 °C.

Heating, Hot water supply Cooling

CT (A) CT (A) CT (A)
1105, 1405H-E 1105, 1405H-E
20.0 20.0
1605H8(R)-E
18.0 805H-E 17.7 805H-E 9.6
16.0 1405H8(R)-E
15.0 8.7 1105H8(R)-E
13.2 12.6 13.0 7.5
12.0
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E 11.2 9.5
15 28.5 35 TO 10 39 44 TO 10 39 44 47

75
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 4) Current releases shift control
Outdoor unit During a cooling operation, this control prevents the electronic parts, such as a compressor drive element, and
control compressor from failing.

• The current release control value (I) is selected from the following table according to the TO sensor value.

Current release control value (I)

Temperature range 805H-E 1105H-E 1405H-E

50 °C ≤ TO 10.5 14.1 14.1
45 °C ≤ TO < 50 °C 10.5 14.1 14.1
39 °C ≤ TO < 45 °C 14.0 14.1 16.4
TO < 39 °C 16.0 14.1 16.4
TO error 10.5 14.1 14.1

Temperature range 1105H8(R)-E 1405H8(R)-E 1605H8(R)-E

47 °C ≤ TO 7.5 7.5 7.5
39 °C ≤ TO < 47 °C 7.5 8.7 9.6
10 °C ≤ TO < 39 °C 9.6 9.6 9.6
TO error 7.5 7.5 7.5

5) Outdoor fan control

The outdoor side control part controls the number of fan motor rotations by receiving an operation instruction from the
Hydro side (Hydro unit) control part.
* Although the fan motor is a DC motor, which has non-step variable numbers of rotations, it is limited to some steps for convenience of
control.

The number of fan tap rotation allocation [rpm]

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8
805H-E 200 230 260 300 340 380 420 460
1105, Upper 200 240 240 260 320 380 480 500
1405H-E
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E Lower 0 0 200 280 360 400 500 520

W9 WA WB WC WD WE WF
805H-E 520 570 600 630 670 710 740
1105, Upper 530 610 640 660 720 780 890
1405H-E
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E Lower 550 630 660 700 740 820 910

5-1) Cooling fan control

• The TL sensor, TO sensor and operation frequency control the outdoor fan. The control is performed by 1 tap of
the DC fan control (14 taps).
• For 60 seconds after the start, the maximum fan tap for each zone that is shown in the following table is fixed. After
that, the fan is controlled according to the TL sensor temperature.

TL [°C]
WE tap
58

55
+ 1 tap/20 secs
(Up to the maximum number of rotation for each zone)
38
Number of rotation hold
35
- 1 tap/20 secs
(Up to the minimum number of rotation for each zone)

76
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. HWS-805H-E
Outdoor unit
control Less than 20 Hz
20 Hz or more to less
45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
38 °C ≤ TO W6 WC W8 WE WA WE
29 °C ≤ TO < 38 °C W5 WB W7 WD W9 WD
15 °C ≤ TO < 29 °C W4 W8 W6 WA W8 WC
5 °C ≤ TO < 15 °C W3 W6 W5 W8 W7 WA
0 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C W2 W4 W4 W6 W5 W8
-4 °C ≤ TO < 0 °C W2 W3 W3 W5 W4 W6
TO < -4 °C OFF OFF OFF W2 OFF W3
TO error OFF WC OFF WE OFF WE

HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
38 °C ≤ TO W6 WC W8 WC WA WD
WC
29 °C ≤ TO < 38 °C W5 WB W7 W9 WC
(WB for 1105)
15 °C ≤ TO < 29 °C W4 W8 W6 WA W8 WC
5 °C ≤ TO < 15 °C W3 W6 W5 W8 W7 WA
0 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C W2 W4 W4 W6 W5 W8
-4 °C ≤ TO < 0 °C W2 W3 W3 W5 W4 W6
TO < -4 °C W1 W2 W1 W4 W2 W6
TO error W1 WC W1 WC W2 WD

HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
38 °C ≤ TO W6 WC W8 WD WA WD
WC
29 °C ≤ TO < 38 °C W5 WB W7 W9 WC
(WB for 1105)
15 °C ≤ TO < 29 °C W4 W8 W6 WA W8 WC
5 °C ≤ TO < 15 °C W3 W6 W5 W8 W7 WA
0 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C W2 W4 W4 W6 W5 W8
-4 °C ≤ TO < 0 °C W2 W3 W3 W5 W4 W6
TO < -4 °C W1 W2 W1 W4 W2 W6
TO error W1 WC W1 WD W2 WD

77
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 5-2) Hot water supply and heating fan control
Outdoor unit
control 1) The TE sensor, TO sensor and operation frequency control the outdoor fan.
(The minimum W1 to the maximum are controlled according to the table below.)
2) For 3 minutes after the start, the maximum fan tap for each zone that is shown in the following table is fixed. After
that, the fan is controlled according to the TE sensor temperature.
3) If TE ≥ 24 °C continues for 5 minutes, the operation stops. No error code is displayed for this; the status is the same as
the usual thermostat off. The operation restarts after 150 seconds. This intermittent running is not abnormal.

NOTE
If the heat-pump was thermo-off, the out-door fan motor (up/down) continue to run 10 min with W3 rotation.
When the water pump of hydro unit turns on, the fan motor will operate sensing value of outside air temperature (TO).

TE [°C]
-2 tap/20 secs (to W1)
Stop time count
24
-2 tap/20 secs (to W1)
21
-1 tap/20 secs (to W1)
18
Number of revolutions hold
15
+ 1 tap/20 secs
(Up to the maximum tap for each zone)

For 805H-E
20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30 °C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25 °C ≤ TO < 30 °C W5 W5 W7
20 °C ≤ TO < 25 °C W6 W7 W8
10 °C ≤ TO W7 W8 W9
5 °C ≤ TO < 10 °C W9 WB WD
-3 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C WD WD WE
-10 °C ≤ TO < -3 °C WE WE WE
TO < -10 °C WF WF WF
TO abnormal WF WF WF

For 1105H-E
20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30 °C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25 °C ≤ TO < 30 °C W5 W5 W7
20 °C ≤ TO < 25 °C W6 W7 W8
10 °C ≤ TO W7 W8 W9
5 °C ≤ TO < 10 °C W9 WA WA
-3 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C WA WA WB
-10 °C ≤ TO < -3 °C WB WB WB
TO < -10 °C WD WD WD
TO abnormal WD WD WD

For 1405H-E
20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30 °C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25 °C ≤ TO < 30 °C W5 W5 W7
20 °C ≤ TO < 25 °C W6 W7 W8
10 °C ≤ TO W7 W8 W9
5 °C ≤ TO < 10 °C W9 WA WB
-3 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C WB WB WC
-10 °C ≤ TO < -3 °C WC WC WC
TO < -10 °C WD WD WD
TO abnormal WD WD WD

78
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. For 1105H8(R)-E
Outdoor unit
Less than 20 Hz 20 Hz or more to less 45 Hz or more
control Temperature range than 45 Hz
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30 °C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25 °C ≤ TO < 30 °C W5 W5 W7
20 °C ≤ TO < 25 °C W6 W7 W8
10 °C ≤ TO W7 W8 W9
5 °C ≤ TO < 10 °C W9 WA WA
-3 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C WA WA WC
-10 °C ≤ TO < -3 °C WC WC WC
TO < -10 °C WD WD WD
TO abnormal WD WD WD

For 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz than 45 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30 °C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25 °C ≤ TO < 30 °C W5 W5 W7
20 °C ≤ TO < 25 °C W6 W7 W8
10 °C ≤ TO W7 W8 W9
5 °C ≤ TO < 10 °C W9 WA WB (WC)
-3 °C ≤ TO < 5 °C WB (WC) WB (WC) WC
-10 °C ≤ TO < -3 °C WC WC WC
TO < -10 °C WD WD WD
TO abnormal WD WD WD

(1605H8-E, 1605H8R-E only)

6) Defrosting control
6-1) Defrost operation
This control defrosts the outdoor heat exchanger. The temperature sensor (TE sensor) of the outdoor heat exchanger
determines frost formation, and then defrosting is performed in the 4-way valve reverse defrosting method.

1) During a heating operation, defrosting is performed when the TE sensor meets any of the conditions in A through D
zones.
2) During defrosting, when TE sensor maintains 12 °C or higher for 3 seconds or 7 °C ≤ TE < 12 °C for a minute, the
defrosting ends. Also, when defrosting continues for 10 minutes even if the TE sensor temperature is below 7 °C,
the defrosting ends.
3) After the defrosting, stop the compressor for approx. 40 seconds before starting a heating operation.
4) Switching the jumper "J805" and "J806" of the outdoor control board can change the time of d above mentioned.
(Factory default: 150 minutes)
Heating operation starts
TE 0 10 15 39 45 55 [d] [min]
[°C]
-2

-5

A zone

-10
D zone
B zone *1 In 10 to 15 minutes after the heating
operation starts, the lowest value of
-23
(-25)*2
TE is recorded as TEO, and the
C zone lowest temperature of To as ToO.
*1 *2 Inside brackets: For 805H-E

To Normal
A Zone Maintain " (TEO - TE) - (ToO - To) ≥ 3 °C" for 20 sec
B Zone Maintain " (TEO - TE) - (ToO - To) ≥ 2 °C" for 20 sec
Maintain " TE ≤ -23 °C" for 20 sec (except 805H-E)
C Zone
Maintain " TE < -25 °C" for 20 sec (805H-E)
D Zone Accumulate compressor operation status of TE < -2 °C for 150 min

79
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. Jumper switching O: Short circuit ×: Open
Outdoor unit
control J805 J806 [d]
O O 150 min (Factory default)
O × 90 min
× O 60 min
× × 30 min

6-2) Advance defrost operation (since Dec. 2011)

When compressor temperature is low, defrosting preliminary operation will be carried out to carry defrosting smoothly in
effect.
1) Start condition of advance defrosting
•TD < 50 ºC and A, B, C or D zone detected.
2) Conditions for changing over from defrosting preliminary operation to defrosting.
• When TD ≥ 50 °C is detected during defrosting preliminary operation.
• When thermostat is turned off during defrosting preliminary operation.
• When defrosting preliminary operation is carried out more than 10 minutes.
3) Control details
• Target SH during defrosting preliminary operation will be 6 to 10 K. (refer to 8-4-1)
• PMV control interval will be shorter than normal.
• Operation frequency will be fixed.
*1
Advance defrosting Defrosting operation
*2
Compressor 40.1 Hz
OFF

ON
Outdoor fan
OFF

On
4-way valve
OFF

500 pulse
Outdoor *2
PMV 430 pulse

0 pulse
0s 30s 40s 0s 20s 30s 40s
Dotted line shows a operating image.

*1. When TD ≥ 50 °C, Advance defrosting will be skipped.

*2. 805H-E: 50.4 Hz, PMV = 380 pulse.
1105H(8)-E, 1405H(8)-E, 1605H8-E: 40.1 Hz, PMV = 430 pulse.

80
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 7) Winding heating control
Outdoor unit 1) This control energizes the inactive compressor instead of the case heater to warm the compressor. The purpose is
control to prevent the refrigerant from staying inside the compressor.
2) After the unit is installed, failure to perform energization for the given time period may cause the compressor to fail.
Also, when starting an operation long after the power left off, first energize the compressor before starting the
operation in the same way as a trial run.
3) Energization is determined by the TD sensor and TO sensor. If the TO sensor fails, the TE sensor automatically takes
over the operation. Determine if the TO sensor has failed check the LED’s on the outdoor unit PCB.
4) If TD is 30 °C or higher, the energization stops.

(Usual)
TO
Not energized
18 °C
*Energization
15 °C
condition Intermittently energized
TD 30 °C 10 °C 10 mins: ON / 5 mins: OFF
Output "equal to 40W"
8 °C
Continuously energized
Output "equal to 40W"

(when TO sensor fails)

TE
Not energized
20 °C
*Energization
18 °C
condition Intermittently energized
TD 30 °C 12 °C 10 mins: ON / 5 mins: OFF
Output "equals to 40W"
10 °C
Continuously energized
Output "equals to 40W"

Notes
During winding energization, energizing noise may be heard, but this is not abnormal.

8) Short circuit operation prevention control

1) In 11 minutes after the operation start, the compressor may not stop for protection. This status is not abnormal. (The
operation duration time of the compressor varies depending on a operation status.)
2) If the operation stops with the remote controller, the operation does not continue.

9) Over current protection control

1) A detection of abnormal current with the over current protection control stops the compressor.
2) Set the abnormality detection counter to 1, and restarts the compressor after 150 seconds.
3) When the stop by over current protection control counts 8 times, error code is displayed and the compressor does
not restart.
(Remote controller error code display: HO1)

81
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
8-4. 10) High pressure release control
Outdoor unit 1) To prevent excessive hi pressure rise, operation frequency is controlled by the TL sensor when cooling and by TWO
control sensor when heating.
2) If the TL sensor when cooling or the TWO sensor when heating detects an abnormal stop zone temperature, the
compressor stops and the abnormality detection counter increments.
3) When the compressor stops in 2), the operation restarts when the temperature returns to the usual operation zone
("e" or below) after 150 seconds.
4) When the compressor stops in 2), the abnormality detection counter is cleared when the operation continues for 10
minutes. If the counter counts 10 times, error code is displayed and the compressor does not restart.
5) For details about an check code displayed, see the check code list.
Heating TC
Cooling TL
[°C] Abnormal stop
a
Frequency normal down
b
Frequency slow down
c
Frequency hold
d
Frequency slow up
(up to the point instructed)
e
As instructed

805H-E 1105H-E, 1405H-E 1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E

Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling
TC (TWO+2) TL TC (TWO+2) TL TC (TWO+2) TL
a 64 °C 63 °C 64 °C 63 °C 62 °C 63 °C
b 62 °C 62 °C 62 °C 62 °C 59 °C 62 °C
c 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 57 °C 60 °C
d 58 °C 58 °C 58 °C 58 °C 52 °C 58 °C
e 54 °C 54 °C 54 °C 54 °C 51 °C 54 °C

11) High pressure switch

The high pressure switch detects abnormal high pressure (higher than 4.15 Mpa) in cooling cycle and protect the
compressor.
• The high pressure switch stops the compressor as the pressure in the cooling cycle becomes higher than
4.15 Mpa.
• The compressor will restart three minutes after stopping.
• If the high pressure switch functions again after restarting, the compressor stops and the “A07” error code is
indicated.
12) Compressor case thermostat
The compressor case thermostat functions to protect the compressor when the blow-out temperature from the
compressor is too high.
• The compressor case thermostat on the upper part of compressor stops the compressor.
• The compressor will restart three minutes after stopping.
• If the compressor case thermostat functions again after restarting (functions at 125 °C), compressor stops and the
“H04” error code is indicated.
13) Bottom plate heater control
13-1)Controllable models (Models equipped with the bottom plate heater (outdoor,3 phases, 400 V) only)
• HWS-1405XWH**-E/HWS-1105H8R-E
• HWS-1405XWH**-E/HWS-1405H8R-E
• HWS-1405XWH**-E/HWS-1605H8R-E
13-2)Target to control
Control ON and OFF of the bottom plate heater using the outdoor temperature sensor (TO).

TO
Bottom plate
heater is turned off
+2

0
Bottom plate
heater is turned on

82
9 Method of defect diagnosis
In order to diagnose the defective part of the heat pump system, first understand the symptom of the defect.
(1) Check the operation status. (It does not move, or it moves but stops, etc.)
(2) Flashing display on the display part of the hydro unit.
(3) Check the “check code” by the remote controller.

Please refer to the following procedure of defect diagnosis for the identification.
No. Procedure of defect diagnosis Remark
Matters to be confirmed first 9-1-1. Check the power supply voltage Check the power supply for the heat pump
9-1-2. Check for any miswiring of the hot water heater, the crossover between
connection cables between the hydro the hydro unit and the outdoor unit, and the
9-1
unit and the outdoor unit installation of temperature sensors.
9-1-3. About the installation of the
temperature sensor
Non-defective operation (program operation) Non-defective program operations for the
9-2
protection of the heat pump unit.
Outline of the determination 9-3-1. Procedure of defect diagnosis With reference to the "check code",
diagram 9-3-2. How to determine from the check roughly identify the defect from the defect
code on the remote controller diagnosis for the heat pump hot water
9-3
9-3-3. How to cancel a check code on the heater and determine the defective part
remote controller from individual symptoms.
9-3-4. How to diagnose by error code

Diagnosis flow chart for each 9-4-1. Hydro unit failure detection
error code 9-4-2. Outdoor unit failure detection
9-4
9-4-3. Temperature sensor, temperature-
resistance characteristic table
Operation check by PC board 9-5-1. Operation check mode The operation check mode allows to
determine good or not by checking the
9-5
operation of the 4-way valve, 2-way valve
and pulse motor valve.
Brief method for checking the 9-6-1. Hydro unit How to determine the presence of any
9-6
key components 9-6-2. Outdoor unit defect particularly in functional parts.

83
9-1. Matters to be confirmed first
9-1-1. Check the power supply voltage
Check that the power supply voltage is AC220-230 V± 10% (signal phase type), AC380-400 V± 10% (3 phase
type). If the power supply voltage is not in this range, it may not operate normally.

9-1-2. Check for any miswiring of the connection cables between

the hydro unit and the outdoor unit
The hydro unit and the outdoor unit are connected with three connection cables. Make sure the interconnecting
connections between the hydro unit and the outdoor unit terminal blocks are connected to the correct terminal
numbers. If not connected correctly, the heat pump system does not operate. However, a miswiring would not
cause damage to the equipment.

9-1-3. About the installation of the temperature sensor

If each sensor is removed due to the replacement of the water heat exchange or inverter board, or the replacement
of the refrigeration cycle parts, make sure to put the sensor back to the position where it was before.
• Each sensor position has a marking. Make sure to put it back to the exact position.
• Make sure to install it with a sensor holder so that the temperature sensing part of the sensor and the straight
part of the copper piping are attached with each other tightly.
• If the installation of the sensor is incomplete or the installed position is wrong, it will not perform a normal control
operation and may cause a defect such as a malfunction of the equipment or an occurrence of an abnormal
sound, etc.

9-2. Non-defective operation (program operation) … No fault

code display appears.
In order to control the heat pump unit, there are the following operations as the built-in program operations in the
microcomputer. If a claim occurs about the operation, please confirm whether it falls under any of the contents in
the following table.
If it does, please understand that the symptom is not a defect of the equipment, and it is an operation necessary
for the control and maintenance of the heat pump unit.

Table 9-2-1 Non-defective operation

No. Operation of the heat pump system Explanation
The compressor sometimes does not operate even within the The compressor does not operate during the operation of the
1 range of compressor “ON”. compressor reboot timer (3 min). Even after the power
activation, the compressor reboot timer continues to be active.
During the hot water supply or heating operation, without It may be caused by the high temperature release control
reaching the set temperature, the compressor operation (release protection control by the temperature of the water
2
frequency stays at a frequency of less than the maximum Hz or heat exchanger) or the current release control.
lowers down.
The “Stop” operation on the remote controller will not stop the In order to deal with the temperature increase in the heat
3 circulation pump. (The same for hot water supply, heating and exchanger after stopping, the operation continues for 1 min
cooling) after the compressor is stopped.
“ON” on the remote controller will not operate the compressor. When the outdoor temperature (TO sensor detection
(It will not operate even after the reboot delay timer elapsed) temperature) is -20 °C or lower, the heat pump will not operate
4
in order to protect the compressor, and the heater will operate
instead.
When the power is turned on, it starts operation without • The auto restart operation may be working.
operating the remote controller. • The antifreeze operation may be working.
5 • If the TWI, TWO or THO sensor detects a temperature
below 4 °C, the operation changes from circulation pump
--->> circulation pump + heater.)

84
9-3. Outline of the determination diagram
The first determination of whether a defective part is in the hydro unit or the outdoor unit can be performed by the
following method.

9-3-1. Procedure of defect diagnosis

In the case of a defect, please apply the following procedure in order to find the defective part.

Confirm the check Check code Yes

Defect Defect in Hydro unit
code on the remote
A01-A13
controller display
No

Check code Yes Abnormality in the

L07-L16 communication or setting
system
No

Check code Yes Abnormality in the water

heat exchange or outdoor
FXX
unit sensor system

No

Abnormality in the outdoor unit or hot-water

tank unit

9-3-2. How to determine from the check code on the remote

controller
If the defect is limited by the check code displayed on the remote controller, please repair the defect based on the
table on the next page.
The check codes are separated into two groups: software and hardware errors.
Since a hardware error cannot be cancelled without a part replacement etc., please perform a repair.
If its abnormality is determined, the abnormality is noticed by indicating the check code on the remote controller
check code display part while sounding off a buzzer.

Check code display part

MON

ZONE1 ZONE2 HOT WATER

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

9-3-3. How to cancel a check code on the remote controller

Press [ ] or [ ] button (on the operation side) to clear the check code.

Although the above procedure cancels the check code, the hardware error will be displayed again until the
hardware repair is completed.

85
9-3-4. How to diagnose by error code
Defect mode detected by the Hydro Unit
O ... Possible
× .... Not possible
Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
code Backup Automatic Determination and action for item
Operational cause
operation reset confirmation

Pump or flowing quantity error

1) Detected by TC sensor
TC≥63 °C is detected in the heating or 4 94
hot water supply heat pump operation
(except for defrosting). 1. Almost no or little water flow.
• Not enough vent air
2) Detected by flow switch abnormality • Dirt clogging in the water piping
When no signal of the flow switch is system. 8 94
showing 2 min after the built-in • The water piping is too long.
Heating
circulation pump operation started.
× • Installation of buffer tank and
A01 3) Detection of chattering abnormality in × secondary pump
Hot water
the flow switch input O
Chattering detection: Detects input 8 94
changes (OFF⇔ON) 4 times within
10 seconds during operation.
4) Disconnection of the flow switch
connector 1. Disconnection of the flow switch
When the stopped built-in circulation connector. 2 94
pump starts its operation, the flow 2. Defect of the flow switch.
switch status is detecting "water flow".
Temperature increase error (heating) Heating 1. Check the water inlet, water outlet
When one of the TWI, TWO and THO and heater outlet (TWI, TWO, THO)
A02
× O sensors. 1 95
sensors exceeds 70 °C. Hot water
2. Defect of the backup heater (defect
O automatic reset thermostat).
Temperature increase error (hot water Heating 1. Check the hot water cylinder sensor
supply) O (TTW).
A03 O 1 96
When the TTW sensor exceeds 85 °C. Hot water 2. Check the hot water cylinder thermal
× cut-out.

Antifreeze operation (1) 1. Almost no or little water flow.

1)TWO>20 °C condition: • Dirt clogging in the water piping
2×TC+TWO≤-12 °C is detected. system.
2)TWO≤20 °C condition: • The water piping is too long, or too
TC+TWO≤4 °C is detected. short.
3)TWI≤10 °C is detected during 2. Check the heater power circuit. Heating8
A04 defrosting. O × • Power supply voltage, breaker, Hot water8 97
power supply connection Cooling4
3. Set the presence of the backup
heater.
4. Check the water inlet, water outlet
and heat exchange (TWI, TWO, TC)
sensors and Flow Switch.
Piping antifreeze operation 1. Check the heater power circuit.
Activating the heater under the condition • Power supply voltage, breaker,
of TWO<4orTWI<4orTHO<4 does not power supply connection
A05 achieve TWO,TWI,THO≥5 °C after O O 2. Check the water inlet, water outlet 1 98
30 min elapsed. and heater outlet sensors (TWI,
TWO, THO).
3. Disconnection of the backup heater.

86
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Pressure switch operation 1. Almost no or little water flow.

The pressure switch operates for 300 2. Defect of the flow switch.
A07 sec continuously during the heat pump O × 3. On-load operation under the above 1 99
operation. conditions.
4. Defect in the pressure switch.
Low pressure sensor operation error 1. Almost no or little water flow.
The low pressure sensor detected 0.2 2. Defect of the flow switch.
MPa or less. 3. On-load cooling or prolonged
A08 O × defrosting (a lot of frost formation) 8 100
under the above conditions.
4. Defect in the low pressure sensor.
5. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas leak).
Overheat protection operation 1. No water (heating without water) or
When the thermostat of the backup Heating no water flow. 2
heater activates during the operation of × 2. Defect of the flow switch.
A09
the heat pump or backup heater.
× 101
Hot water
When the thermostat operation is O 3. Defect of the backup heater (poor
1
automatic reset thermostat).
activated while it has been stopped.
Antifreeze operation (2) 1. Almost few water flow.
A10 When TC-TWO<-15K detected in O × 2. Defect of the flow switch. 10 102
cooling mode. 3. Low refrigerant.
Operation of the release protection Heating
1. Almost no water flow.
When the TWO release counts to 10. Cooling
2. Defect of the flow switch.
A11 × × 10 103
3. Check the water outlet temperature
Hot water
sensor (TWO).
O
Heating, hot water heater 1. Activated by a large load of heating
The antifreeze control is detected under or hot water supply.
the condition of TWI<15 °C while 2. Check the heater power circuit
A12 TWI≥15 °C, TTW≥20 °C is not detected O O (backup or hot water cylinder 1 104
after the heater backup. heater).
• Power supply voltage, breaker,
power supply connection
1. Pump has stopped by a certain
cause.
• Low supply voltage.
• High humidity around the electric box
Heating of the pump.
× • Dew condensation to the electric
A13 Pump error × board of the pump.
2 105
Hot water
• Once turn off the power supply to the
O
system and turn on again and
operate the system.
2. Check the Flow switch in the Hydro
unit.
Regular communication error
between hydro unit and remote
controller 1. Check remote controller connection.
E03 × O 1 —
When there is no regular communication 2. Defect in the remote controller.
from the remote controller for 3 min, or
when no remote controller is equipped.

87
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Regular communication error 1. Check the serial circuit.

between hydro unit and outdoor unit • Miswiring of the crossover between
E04 O O 1 105
The serial signal cannot be received the water heat exchanger and the
from outdoor. outdoor unit

Duplicate address of Hydro unit, or 1. Set the address No. of the Rotary
E08 Duplicate master Hydro unit during × O switch "SW01" correctly for each 1 —
Group control Hydro unit.

Regular communication error 1. Check the Hydro unit connection.

E18 between master Hydro unit and slave × O • Miswiring of the master and slave 1 —
Hydro unit during Group control Hydro unit.

TC sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F03 Open or short circuit in the heat O O connection of the heat exchange 1 106
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TC).

TWI sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F10 Open or short circuit in the water inlet O O connection of the water inlet 1 108
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TWI).

TWO sensor error Heating

1. Check the resistance value and
F11 Open or short circuit in the water outlet × O connection of the water outlet 1 108
temperature sensor. Hot water
temperature sensor (TWO).
O

88
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

TTW sensor error Heating

1. Check the resistance value and
Open or short circuit in the hot water ×
F14 O connection of the hot water cylinder 1 109
cylinder sensor. Hot water
sensor (TTW).
O
TFI sensor error Heating
1. Check the resistance value and
F17
Open or short circuit in the floor × O connection of the floor-inlet 1 109
temperature sensor. Hot water
temperature sensor (TFI).
(Only when zone 2 is used) O
THO sensor error Heating
1. Check the resistance value and
F18
Open or short circuit in the heater outlet × O connection of the heater outlet 1 109
temperature sensor. Hot water
temperature sensor (THO).
O
Detection of THO disconnection error Heating 1. Check for any disconnection of the
When TWO–THO>15K is detected and × heater outlet temperature sensor
F19
30 sec elapsed.
× (THO).
1 110
Hot water
O 2. Defect of the flow switch.

TFI sensor error Heating

When TWO–TFI>40K is detected and × 1. Check the connection of the floor-
F20
TFI<TWI–5K is detected 60 sec.
× inlet temperature sensor (TFI).
1 111
Hot water
O
Low pressure sensor error 1. Check the connection (body or
When PS<0.07 MPa is detected for 90 connection wiring) of the low
sec or more. (cooling, defrosting) pressure sensor.
F23 When PS<0.07 MPa is detected for 10 O O 2. Check the resistance value of the 1 112
min or more. (hot water supply, heating) low pressure sensor.
3. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
leak).
EEROM error
1. Replace the water heat exchange
F29 Inconsistency is detected once without × × control board.
1 112
verify ACK after writing to EEPROM.
Extended IC error 1. Replace the water heat exchange
F30
When the extended IC is abnormal.
× × control board.
1 112

Combination error 1. Check the model name of the hydro

L02 Model name of the hydro unit is different. × × unit. 1 —
2. Check DP_SW13_4 is set to "OFF".
Communication error 1. Replace the water heat exchange
L07
Individual hydro units have a group line.
× × control board.
1 112

Communication error 1. Check the setting of the FC01

The capability code for the hydro unit capability specifications.
L09 × × HWS-805xx-E = 0012
1 113
has not been set.
HWS-1405xx-E = 0017
Setting error
L16 When ZONE1 has not been set, while × × 1. Check the body DP-SW12_2,3. 1 113
ZONE2 has been set.
Slave Hydro unit error which occurs 1. Check the remote controller
when error occurs in master Hydro connection.
unit 2. Defect in the remote controller.
P31 × O 1 —
3. Set the address No. of the Rotary
switch "SW01" correctly for each
Hydro unit.

89
Defect mode detected by the Outdoor Unit
Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check Determination and action abnormalities Detailed
code Backup Automatic for item
Operational cause operation reset confirmation

TD sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

107
F04 Open or short circuit in the discharge O × connection of the discharge sensor 4
123
temperature sensor. (TD).

TE sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

107
F06 Open or short circuit in the heat O × connection of the heat exchange 4
123
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TE).

TL sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

107
F07 Open or short circuit in the heat O × connection of the heat exchange 4
123
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TL).

TO sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

108
F08 Open or short circuit in the outdoor O × connection of the outdoor 4
124
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TO).

TS sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F12 Open or short circuit in the suction O × connection of the suction 4 124
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TS).

TH sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F13 Open or short circuit in the heat-sink O × connection of the heat-sink 8 124
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TH).

TE, TS sensors error 1. Check for any wrong installation of

the heat exchange temperature
F15 TE, TS sensor connections are O × sensor (TE) and the suction
4 124
opposite.
temperature sensor (TS).
F31 EEPROM error O × 1 125
Compressor breakdown
1 When the operation frequency lowers
due to the current release 40 sec or 1. Check the power supply voltage
later after the compressor activation (AC220-230 V±10%: single phase
and it stops by underrunning the type).
minimum frequency. (AC380-400 V±10%: 3 phase type).
H01 2 When the operation frequency lowers O × 2. Over-loaded condition of the
8 114
due to the current limit control and it refrigeration cycle.
stops by underrunning the minimum
3. Check that the service valve is fully
frequency.
open.
3 When an excess current is detected
0.8 sec or later after the compressor
activation.
Compressor lock
1. Defect of compressor (lock)
1 When the input current is more than – Replace the compressor.
H02 zero 20 sec or later after the O × 8 115
2. Defect of compressor wiring (open
compressor activation and the
phase).
activation has not been completed.
Defect in the current detection circuit 1. Replace the outdoor inverter control
H03 O × board.
8 —

90
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Operation of case thermostat 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas

When the case thermostat exceeds leak).
125 °C. 2. Check the case thermostat and
connector.
H04 O × 3. Check that the service valve is fully
10 115
open.
4. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
5. Check for kinked piping.
Unset service PC board jumper
L10
Jumpers J800-J803 have not been cut.
O × 1. Cut J800-J803. 1 116

Combination error
1. Check the model name of the
L15 Model name of the outdoor unit is × × outdoor unit.
1 116
different.
The communication between the
outdoor PC board MUCs error
L29
No communication signal between IPDU
O × 1. Replace the outdoor control board. 1 116

and CDB.
The outlet temperature error 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
When the discharge temperature sensor leak).
P03 (TD) exceeds 111 °C. O × 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve. 4 116
3. Check the resistance value of the
discharge temperature sensor (TD).
P04 The high pressure switch error O × 10 117
The power supply voltage error 1. Check the power supply voltage.
When the power supply voltage is (AC220-230 V±10%: single phase
P05 O × type).
8 118
extremely high or low.
(AC380-400 V±10%: 3 phase type).
Overheating of heat-sink error 1. Check the thread fastening and
When the heat-sink exceeds 105 °C. heat-sink grease between the
outdoor control board and the heat-
P07 O × sink. 4 118
2. Check the heat-sink fan duct.
3. Check the resistance value of the
heat-sink temperature sensor (TH).
Detection of gas leak 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
When the discharge temperature sensor leak).
(TD) exceeds 106 °C for consecutive 10 2. Check that the service valve is fully
min. open.
3. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
P15 When the suction temperature sensor O × 8 119
(TS) exceeds 60 °C for cooling or 40 °C 4. Check for kinked piping.
for heating for 10 consecutive min. 5. Check the resistance value of the
discharge temperature sensor (TD)
and the suction temperature sensor
(TS).
The 4-way valve inversion error 1. Check the operation of the 4-way
When the heat exchange temperature valve unit or the coil characteristics.
sensor (TE) exceeds 30 °C or the 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
P19 suction temperature sensor (TS) O × 3. Check the resistance value of the 4 120
exceeds 50 °C during the heat pump heat exchange temperature sensor
operation. (TE) and the suction temperature
sensor (TS).

91
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

High pressure protection operation 1. Check that the service valve is fully
When an abnormal stop occurs due to open.
the high pressure release control. 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
When the heat exchange temperature 3. Check the outdoor fan system
(including clogging).
P20 sensor (TL) detects 63 °C during the O × 10 121
cooling operation. 4. Over-filling of refrigerant.
When the water outlet sensor (TWO) 5. Check the resistance value of the
detects 60 °C during the heating or hot heat exchange temperature sensor
water supply operation. (TL) and the water outlet
temperature sensor (TWO).
Outdoor fan system error 1. Check the lock status of the motor
When a DC fan rotor position detection fan.
NG, element short circuit, loss of 2. Check the connection of the fan
motor cable connector.
P22 synchronization, or abnormal motor O × 8 122
current occurs. 3. Check the power supply voltage.
(AC220~230 V±10%: single phase
type)
(AC380~400 V±10%: 3 phase type)
Short circuit of the compressor driver 1. P26 abnormality occurs when
element error operating with the compressor
When an abnormal short circuit of IGBT wiring disconnected … Check the
control board.
P26 is detected. O × 8 122
2. No abnormality occurs when
operating with the compressor
wiring disconnected … Compressor
rare short.
Compressor rotor position error 1. Even if the connection lead wire of
The rotor position in the compressor the compressor is disconnected, it
cannot be detected. stops due to an abnormality in the
position detection … Replace the
P29 O × inverter control board.
8 122
2. Check the wire wound resistor of the
compressor. Short circuit
… Replace the compressor.

92
Defect mode detected by the remote controller
Diagnostic functional operation
Check code Determination and action
Status of air-
Operational cause conditioning Condition

No communication between hydro Stop – Defect in the remote controller power

Not unit an remote controller supply
displaying at • The remote controller wiring is not 1. Check the remote controller wiring.
all connected correctly. 2. Check the remote controller.
(cannot • The hydro unit has not been turned
operate by 3. Check the hydro unit power supply
on.
the remote wiring.
controller) 4. Check the water heat exchange
control board.
No communication between hydro Stop Displayed when Defect in the reception of the remote
unit and remote controller (Automatic reset) the abnormality controller
• Disconnection of the crossover is detected. 1. Check the remote controller
between the remote controller and crossover.
E01 the base unit of the hydro unit 2. Check the remote controller.
(detected on the remote controller
3. Check the hydro power supply wiring.
side).
4. Check the water heat exchanger
board.
Defect in the signal transmission Stop Displayed when Defect in the transmission of the remote
to the hydro unit. (Automatic reset) the abnormality controller
E02 (Detected on the remote controller is detected. 1. Check the transmitter circuit inside the
side) remote controller.
… Replace the remote controller.
Several remote controller base Stop Displayed when 1.2 Check several base units with the
units (The handset the abnormality remote controller
E09
(Detected on the remote controller continues) is detected. … The base unit is only one, and others
side) are handsets.

93
9-4. Diagnosis flow chart for each error code
9-4-1. Hydro unit failure detection
[A01] Error Pump flow determination

[A01] occurs

Operation restarts

Built-in circulation No (No pump sound)

pump rotates

Perform Yes Flow switch is No Connect flow switch

air vent connected to board connector to board

Yes Excess air noise Yes

comes from inside
the pump

No Pump is No Connect pump

connected to board connector to board

Yes

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch
Chattering noise comes No
from flow switch Yes
Replace pump
No

Pump stops 2-3 Yes

minutes after its rotation
started
No Flow shortage
(Identify causes, and resolve)
No
TC sensor characteristic Replace TC sensor
is correct
Dirt clogging inside
Yes Remove waste
water circuit
(strainer)
12 M or longer water Fit buffer tank and the
pipe to a branch, second pump
or 5 or less branches

No Attach or replace
Flow switch is normal flow switch

Yes

Water heat exchanger control board

is defective, replace it

94
[A02] Error Temperature rise and error short circuit

Start
(TWI,TWO,THO ≥ 70 °C)

TWI, TWO, and THO No Replace TWI, TWO,

sensor characteristics are and THO sensors
correct
Yes

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

Water outlet No
temperature is 70 °C
or higher
Yes

Hot water from Yes Correct water circuit

boiler or other circuits does (To prevent hot water of
not come in other circuits from entering)

No

Yes Failure of backup heater

Backup heater is energized (Too large heater input,
thermostat short circuit)
(Measure heater current)
No
Replace water heat exchange control board Replace heater unit

• If Boiler setting is ON (DPSW13-2 is ON) and FC62 is “1”, the A02 error is not detected.

95
[A03] Error Temperature rise and error short circuit

Start
(TTW ≥ 85 °C is detected)

TTW sensor No
characteristic is correct Replace TTW sensor

Yes

Hot water cylinder heater No

is energized

Yes

Mg-sw (RY05) for No

Replace Mg-sw
heater operates
Operating noise at normal time

Yes

At normal No
temperature, tank thermostat
is energized

Yes

Hot water cylinder No Replace hot water

thermostat operates cylinder thermostat
Operation
temperature 82 °C
Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

96
[A04] Error Freeze prevention control
When the outside temperature and inlet water temperature is low (approx. 20 °C or lower) and the room load is
large (operation frequency ≥ rating), the freeze prevention control may be activated.

Start

Operation restart

Perform
air vent
Excess air Secure water Replace flow switch
Dirt clogging
Yes inside pump circulation amount
inside water circuit

No (inside strainer, etc)

12 M or longer Fit buffer tank and the

water pipe to second pump
Chattering from Yes Circulation a branch, or 5 or
flow switch flow shortage less branches

No

Yes Total water amount in Fit buffer tank and the

Short circuit piping the system is too little, second pump
or water piping is too
short
No

Water heat
No
exchanger board DP_SW11-1 Set DP_SW11-1 to ON
is ON

Yes

Backup
heater terminal has No
AC 220-230 V
( ± 10 %)
Yes Power is
connect to backup No Connect backup heater
heater terminal power cable

Yes
Set heater breaker to ON
Check hydro wiring

Backup
heater element No
Replace backup heater unit
is conductive (Backup heater NG)

Yes

TC, TWO, TWI No Replace TC, TWO,

sensor characteristics (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126) and TWI sensors
are correct
Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

97
[A05] Error Piping freeze prevention control

Restart

TWI 4, TWO 4, or
THO 4 is detected

Circulation pump keeps

being energized or 3 minutes
passed after the start

Water heat
exchange control board No Set water heat board
DPSW11-1 is ON DPSW11-1 to ON

Yes

Backup heater terminal No

has 220-230 V (± 10 %)

Yes Power is connect to No Place power cable for

built-in heater terminal backup heater

Yes Set breaker for backup heater

to ON, or Check hydro
electronic wiring

No Replace backup heater

Backup heater element
is conductive (Backup heater NG) and safety valve

Yes

TWI, TWO, THO No Replace TWI, TWO,

sensor characteristics (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126) and THO sensors
are correct

Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

98
[A07] Error Pressure switch operation (Hot water supply / Heating operation)

Start

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air
Excess air
Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside
noise comes from Remove waste
inside pump circulation amount water circuit

No 12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and

pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
Chattering Yes
noise comes from Circulation flow
flow switch shortage

No

Continued
operation at high outside air Yes
temperature and at 50 °C or higher Lower set temperature
set temperature

No

TWO sensor No
is attached Attach TWO sensor
to pipe.
Yes

Pressure switch No
Replace pressure switch
is normal

Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

99
[A08] Error Low pressure sensor lowering operation failure (Cooling / Defrosting
operation)

Start

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air

Excess air
Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside
noise comes from Remove waste
circulation amount water circuit
inside pump

No 12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and

pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
Chattering Yes
noise comes from Circulation flow
flow switch shortage

No

Continued
operation at low outside Yes
temperature and at 15 °C or lower Raise set temperature
set temperature (Cooling overload operation)

No

Defrosting
Yes Defrost outdoor unit
takes 15 mins or longer
(Frost remains) where frost remains

No

No
Low pressure sensor Replace low pressure sensor
is normal

Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

100
[A09] Error Overheat prevention thermostat failure (Hot water supply / Heating operation)

Start

No Put water into water circuit

Water cycle contains water
(Recommended: 1 - 2 Bar)

Yes

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

At normal temperature, No Replace heater unit

overheat preventive thermostat exchanger air vent valve
is normal

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

or overheat preventive thermostat failure

*Replace water heat exchange control board or overheat preventive thermostat failure: After the control
board is replaced, if the same operation repeats, the overheat preventive thermostat is determined as
defective (does not operate at 75 °C).

101
[A10] Error Freeze prevention control (2) (Cooling only)

Start

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air
Excess air
Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside
noise comes from Remove waste
inside pump circulation amount water circuit

No
12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and
pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
Chattering Yes
noise comes from Circulation flow
flow switch shortage

No

No
Sufficient refrigerant Recharge refrigerant

Yes Note: Determined at TWO-TWI temperature during operation at a pressure of Ps

Operating with Yes

no load on water Raise the set water temperature.
circuit? Add fan coils.

No

Replace control
board.

102
[A11] Error Release protection operation

Start

No
Flow switch is normal Replace flow switch

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air
Excess air
noise comes from Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside Remove waste
inside pump circulation amount water circuit

No
12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and
pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
Chattering Yes
noise comes from Circulation flow
flow switch shortage

No

TWI sensor is No
Attach TWI sensor
attached to pipe

Yes

TWI and TWO No

sensor characteristics Replace TWI or TWO sensor
are normal
Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

103
[A12] Error Heating or Hot water supply heater failure

Restart

Operation starts under

10 ≤ TWI 20 °C

Freeze prevention control is detected once

Heater backup operation

Heating: Booster heater
Hot water supply: Hot water cylinder heater

After 1 hour since heater operation

started, neither TWI ≥ 15 °C A12 abnormality detection
nor TTW ≥ 20 °C is met

Water heat No Set water heat board

exchanger board DPSW11-1,2
DPSW11-1,2 to ON
is ON

Yes

Backup heater or
hot water cylinder terminal
has 220-230 V ± 10 % No
AC220-230 V±10 %=
single phase type).
AC380-400 V±10 %=
3 phase type). Place electric wire for
Power is connect No backup heater
to backup heater or hot water
Place electric wire for
cylinder terminal
hot water cylinder

Yes Set breaker for backup

Yes
heater to ON
Set breaker for hot water
cylinder to ON
or check hydro wiring

Backup heater element No Replace booster heater

is conductive (Backup heater NG) unit and safety valve

Yes

Hot water No Replace hot water

cylinder heater element
(Hot water cylinder heater NG) cylinder heater
is conductive
(Refer to hot water
Yes cylinder guide)

TWI, TTW sensor No Replace TWI or TTW

characteristics are sensor
normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat

exchange control board

104
[A13] Pump error

Start

No
Input voltage is appropriate Input appropriate voltage

Yes

The water pump is Yes

Reject the factor
locking by some factor

No

Replace pump

105
[E04] Error

No
Outdoor unit operates
Yes

Yes
Hydro unit
Internal wiring and No Correct wiring and
connecting wire (1, 2, 3) connecting wire
are correct

Yes

CN04 connector
No Correct connector and
and terminal block (1, 2, 3) wiring
are normal terminal block wiring

Yes

When power is No Check water heat

on again, D502 (Amber LED) exchanger board
blinks If defective, replace it
Yes
Check water heat exchanger
control board Check outdoor control board
If defective, replace it If defective, replace it

[F03] Error TC sensor failure

Start

TC sensor No Correct TC sensor

connector (CN203) is
connection
connected

Yes

TC sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TC sensor
is normal

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

106
[F04] Error TD sensor failure

Start

TD sensor No Correct TD sensor

connector (CN603) is connection
connected
Yes

TD sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TD sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)
is normal
Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F06] Error TE sensor failure

Start

TE sensor No Correct TE sensor

connector (CN601) is
connection
connected

Yes

TE sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TE sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F07] Error TL sensor failure

Start

TL sensor No Correct TL sensor

connector (CN604) is
connection
connected

Yes

TL sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TL sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

107
[F08] Error TO sensor failure

Start

TO sensor No Correct TO sensor

connector (CN602) is
connection
connected

Yes

TO sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TO sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F10] Error TWI sensor failure

Start

TWI sensor No Correct TWI sensor

connector (CN205) is connection
connected
Yes

TWI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F11] Error TWO sensor failure

Start

TWO sensor No Correct TWO sensor

connector (CN205) is connection
connected
Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

108
[F14] Error TTW sensor failure

Start

TTW sensor No Correct TTW sensor

connector (CN214) is
connection
connected
Yes

TTW sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TTW sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F17] Error TFI sensor failure

Start

TFI sensor No Correct TFI sensor

connector (CN213) is connection
connected
Yes

TFI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TFI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

[F18] Error THO sensor failure

Start

THO sensor No Correct THO sensor

connector (CN206) is
connection
connected

Yes

THO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace THO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

109
[F19] Error THO sensor detach failure

Start

THO sensor No Attach THO sensor

is attached to pipe to pipe

Yes

THO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace THO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

110
[F20] Error TFI detach failure

Start

No
Mixing valve is attached. Attach a mixing valve.

Yes

No
Mixing valve connection Make the mixing valve
is correct. (Refer to wiring diagram of hydro unit on connection correct.
page 22)
Yes

Mixing valve setting No

Make the mixing valve
is correct. setting correct.

Yes FC_0C: Mixing valve running time

(30sec to 120sec)

TFI sensor No Attach TFI sensor

is attached to pipe to pipe

Yes

TFI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TFI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

TWI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 126)

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

111
[F23] Error Low pressure sensor detach failure

Start

Low pressure sensor Yes

is detached (CN207, 212) Attach low pressure sensor

No

When operation No
is stopped, low pressure sensor Replace low pressure sensor
is normal *1

Yes

Replace water heat exchange control board

*1 How to determine: When operation is stopped

[F29] Error EEPROM failure

A failure is detected in the IC10 non-volatile memory on the water heat exchanger board during a hot water supply
unit operation. Replace the service board.

* If the unit does not have EEPROM inserted when the power is turned on, or if EEPROM data read or write is
unavailable, automatic address mode repeats. In this case, the intensive control unit displays [97 Abnormal].

(Approx. 3 mins) (Approx. 1 mins)

(Power on) Handy remote "Setting" Reboot
controller displays disappears (reset)
"Setting"

(Repeat)

[F30] Error Enhanced IC failure

Enhanced IC on water heat exchanger control board is abnormal.

Replace the water heat exchanger control board to a service board.

[L07] Error

At the time of power on, detecting the above failure automatically activates the automatic address setting
mode.
(Check code is not output)
Note that if the above failure is detected in the automatic address setting mode, a check code may be output.

112
[L09] Error

Yes
Hydro unit capacity Set hydro unit capacity data
is not set
Setting item code (FC_01)
No 8 kW = 12
14 kW = 17
Water heat exchange control
board (MCC-1511) Check
If defective, replace it

[L16] Error

In DP_SW12-2, 3 of main unit water heat exchanger, if ZONE1 is not set and ZONE2 is set, [L16] displays
abnormality.
Set correctly DP_SW12-2, 3.

113
9-4-2. Outdoor unit failure detection
Diagnosis procedure for each check code
• One check code may indicate multiple symptoms. In such a case, see the LED indication on the outdoor board
to narrow down the check details.
• The handy remote controller displays a check code only when the same failure repeatedly occurs while the LED
on the outdoor board indicates an error even if it occurs only once. This may cause indication inconsistency
between the remote controller and LED.

Outdoor board LED indication method

Dip switch setting
• Setting 1 only of SW803 to ON indicates the latest failure. <Latest abnormality> <Abnormality now>
Because the error log is recorded, you can see the detail even SW803 1 only is ON SW803 All OFF (Initial status)
after the power is once turned off. (Not including outside air

4
temperature sensor (TO) failure)

3
• After check work is done or when outside air temperature

2
sensor (TO) failure is detected, set all the SW803 switches to

ON

ON
1

1
OFF.
(An abnormality now is indicated.)
Indication switching
• One or more LEDs of D800 through D804 lit yellow indicates <Indication 1> <Indication 2>
that a failure occurred. <Indication 1> (Normal) (Abnormality occurs)(Press SW800)
• With the status above, pressing the SW800 button for one D800 (yellow)
second causes the yellow LED to blink. <Indication 2> D801 (yellow)
• Pressing again SW800 for one second or longer returns to D802 (yellow)
<Indication 1>. D803 (yellow)
• The combination of <Indication 1> and <Indication 2> can D804 (yellow)
determine what kind of abnormality. D805 (green)
(Example of outlet temperature sensor failure)
Off Light Blink

Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure

Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[H01] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Compressor fails]

Power voltage is normal.

No
(AC220-230 V±10 %: single phase type). Improve power line
(AC380-400 V±10 %: 3 phase type).
Yes

Wiring connection is normal.

No Check and correct wiring
Compressor lead (Board side, compressor
connection
side reactor lead, power lead)
Yes

Yes
Abnormally over loaded Deal with or remove causes

No
PC board
Check outdoor control board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

114
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[H02] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Compressor lock]

Power voltage is normal.

No
(AC220-230 V±10 %: single phase type). Improve power line
(AC380-400 V±10 %: 3 phase type).
Yes

Wiring connection is normal.

No Check and correct
Compressor lead (board side,
wiring connection
compressor side) reactor, power lead
Yes

No
Compressor is normal.

Yes

No Lock compressor and

Refrigerant stays inside.
replace it.
Yes
TE, TS sensor pulse
Pulse motor valve operates No
motor valve check
normally.
If defective, replace
Yes

PC board
Check outdoor board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)
[H04] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Case thermostat operation]

CN609 connector and case No Correct connector

thermostat is normal. Replace case thermostat
Yes

If case thermostat is short circuited, No Check outdoor board

cooling and heating can operate. If defective, replace it
Yes PC board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

No gas leakage. No Correct defective portion

Enough Refrigerant. Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No
Service valve is fully opened. Open fully service valve

Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal.
Replace defective parts
Yes

Check for piping collapse and break.

If defective, repair or replace it.

115
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[L10] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Model not set] Only when service board is used

Cut jumper line by following the instruction

comes with the service board package

[L15] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Combination failure between the hydro unit]

Replace the outdoor unit with the proper model

[L29] * Any of the following abnormality may occur.

Seeing the LED on the outdoor board can determine which abnormality occurs.
Communication failure between MCUs, Heat sink temperature sensor (TH) failure, EEPROM
failure, Model not specified, Heat sink overheat failure, gas leakage detection, 4-way valve
invert failure
<Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Communication failure between MCUs]

Check outdoor control board PC board

805H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it 1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

[P03] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Abnormal outlet temperature]

No gas leakage. No Correct defective portion

Appropriate refrigerant amount. Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal.
Replace defective parts
Yes

Yes Deal with or remove

Abnormally over loaded
causes
No

CN603 connector is normal. No Correct connector

TD sensor resistance is normal Replace sensor
Yes

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it 805H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

116
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P04] * Any of the following abnormality may occur.
Seeing the LED on the outside board can determine which abnormality occurs.
1.High pressure sensor activated.
2.Power source failure (Vdc)
3.Hi pressure protection operation
4.Case thermostat operation
<Display 1> <Display 2> [High pressure SW system error]
Power supply error (Vdc), High pressure protective operation, Case thermostat operation.
NO NO
Doesn’t high pressure switch Wiring check,
operate? Is circuit wiring normal? Correct.
YES YES
NO
Are parts of Parts check
high pressure switch normal? Defective → Replace
YES
NO
Is service valve fully opened? Open service valve fully.
YES

Reset the power supply and B ← Cooling operation

then do a test run according
to the season. C ← Heating operation

Check Comp. IPDU PC board

B Cooling operation. Defective → Replace

NO NO
Does cooling outdoor fan Is there no fan breakage
normally operate? or coming-off?
YES YES

Repair defective position.

Connection of connectors,
Fan IPDU, Fan motor, Wiring.

Is there any element

which blocks heat exchanger YES
Elimination of
of the outdoor unit? blocking element
1. Clogging of heat exchanger
2. Short circuit
NO

Overcharge of refrigerant /
Clogging / Pipe breakage /
Abnormal overload

Heating operation

NO Are connections of NO
Does the heating outdoor fan
normally operate? connectors,capacitors
and fan motor normal?
YES
YES

Is there any element which

blocks hydro heat exchanger? YES
1. Filter clogging Elimination of Repair
2. Clogging of heat exchanger blocking element defective position.
3. Shor t circuit

NO

Clogging by refrigerant Are characteristics NO

overcharge / Pipe breakage / of TC and TCJ sensor
Abnormal overload resistance value normal?

YES

Check hydro PC board Replace

Defective → Replace TC or TCJ sensor.

117
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P05] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Power source failure (voltage defective, open phase)]

Power voltage abnormal drops or rise

Yes
(AC220-230 V±10 %: single phase type) Check electric work
(AC380-400 V±10 %: 3 phase type)
No

PC board
Check outdoor control board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

[P07] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Heat sink overheat failure]

HWS-805H-E to 1405H-E HWS-1105H8(R)-E to 1605H8(R)-E
The screws are loose in Apply radiation
motor drive element, Is there no loosening
grease as needed
Q200/300/400, of outdoor of screws of motor
Tighten screws
control board and rectifier, drive element of outdoor
Yes (Be sure to place
DB01/02/03. (MCC-1571) PC board (MCC-1596) Yes
back the insulation
Radiation grease was not Q201?
sheet between
applied to backside of Did not forget to apply
Q300/400 and
Q200, DB01, DB02, radiation grease to
the heat sink.)
or DB03. rear side of Q201?

No No

Is not the ventilation flue

of the heat sink blocked? No Remove obstacles,
Is not the fan blocked? Deal with short circuit
(Short-circuit, etc.)
No

Check outdoor control board

If defective, replace it

118
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P15] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Gas leakage detection]

No gas leakage. No Correct defective portion

Appropriate refrigerant amount. Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal.
Replace defective parts
Yes

No
Service valve is fully opened. Open fully service valve

Yes

Yes
Piping collapse Repair or replace pipe

No

Temperature sensor check

NG Correct connector
Discharge sensor CN603
Replace sensor
Suction sensor CN600
OK PC board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
Check outdoor control board 1105H to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it 1105H to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC-1596)

119
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P19] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [4-way valve invert failure]

4-way valve operates normally.

No
(Check piping temperature at the
time of cooling/heating operation)
Yes

Temperature sensor check

TE sensor CN601
TS sensor CN600
Hydro TWO sensor
If defective, repair or replace it

4-way valve coil resistance No Replace 4-way coil

is 1.3 to 1.6 k .
Yes

Outdoor control board operation NG Check outdoor board

check (See below) If defective, replace it
OK

4-way valve check

If defective, replace it

Outdoor control board operation check direction (Self-hold valve) = 805 to 1405H-E. (Single
phase only)
1) With the dip switch SW804 set as in the table below, pressing SW801 for approx. 1 second
can check the operation of switching to cooling cycle or to heating cycle.
• The board are energized for 10 seconds.
• Take more than a minute for the next check because the parts (coil, resistance R700)
generate large heat. (This does not apply when no coil is connected.)

2) After the check, set all the SW804 dip switches to OFF.

Switching to cooling cycle Switching to heating cycle

SW804 SW801 CN701 SW804 SW801 CN701

4
4

3
3

2
2

ON
ON

1
1

Press Press
180DCV or higher 180DCV or higher

Note: Check with a tester

With an analog tester: If a tester shows 180DCV or higher, the board is good.
With digital tester: Although values shown has some range, if its maximum value is
180DCV or higher, the board is good.
1105H8(R)-E to 1605H8(R)-E
The 4-way valve coil of 1105H8(R)-E to 1605H8(R)-E is not self-hold type.

120
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P20] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Hi pressure protection operation]

No
Service valve is fully opened. Open fully service valve

Yes Heating season

Reset the power source and perform Heating operation
a trail operation according to the season.
Cooling season
Cooling operation

Outdoor TL sensor is normal. No

Replace sensor
(Measure resistance)
Yes
Outdoor fan is free from crack No Check outdoor fan
or looseness. If defective, replace or tighten it
Yes
Outdoor fan operates normally. No Check the same item as
those for [P22] abnormality
Yes

Something prevents outdoor unit

heat exchange Yes Remove the disturbing
- Clogged heat exchanger element
- short circuit
No
Check for refrigerant overcharged, clogged
cycle, pipe break, abnormal overload, etc.
If defective, repair defective portion

Something prevents heat

exchange of hydro unit.
Yes Remove the
- Clogged filter
disturbing element
- Clogged heat exchanger
- Short circuit
No
Check for refrigerant overcharged, clogged
cycle, pipe break, abnormal overload, etc.
If defective, repair defective portion

121
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P22] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Blower system failure]

Power voltage is normal

No Check wiring
(AC220-230 V±10 %: single phase type)
Request power source repair
(AC380-400 V±10 %: 3 phase type)
Yes

When not energized, the fan motor

can be smoothly rotated by hand.
Fan motor coil resistance is normal. No
Replace fan motor
Between red - white leads 12 -20
Between white - black leads 12 - 20
Between black - red leads 12 - 20

Yes
Check outdoor control board PC board
If defective, replace it 805H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

Outdoor fan sole operation check

1) With the dip switch SW804 set as in the table below, pressing SW801 for approx. 1 second
can check the outdoor fan sole operation. Perform this check to determine which of upper or
lower fan has a problem.
• When SW801 is pressed again for 1 second or when 2 minutes has passed, the fan stops.

2) After the check, set all the SW804 dip switches to OFF.

Outdoor fan sole operation

SW804 SW801
4
3
2
ON

Press

[P26] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Compressor drive element shorted out]

The connection between compressor No

lead and reactor is correct. Correct wiring
(Check with wiring diagram)
Yes
A operation without compressor lead No
Replace outdoor board
does not cause the same problem.
Yes
Compressor check
(rare short circuit, etc.)
If defective, replace it

[P29] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Position detection circuit failure]

PC board
Check outdoor control board
805H-E (MCC-1571)
If defective, replace it 1105 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1596)

122
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
No code <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Discharge abnormality] Compressor's loss of synchronism due to rapid load change, etc.
* Although the outdoor LED indicates abnormality, the compressor restarts and no abnormality
is confirmed.
* This may occur due to the open phase of the compressor or wiring detach.

[F04] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Discharge temperature sensor (TD) failure]

TD sensor connector No Correct TD sensor

(CN603) is connected connection
Yes

TD sensor resistance No
See the
Replace TD sensor
characteristic is normal
characteristic table
Yes on page 107

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

[F06] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE) failure]

TE sensor connector (CN601) No Correct TE sensor

is connected connection
Yes

TE sensor resistance No
Replace TE sensor
characteristic is normal See the
characteristic table
Yes on page 107

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

[F07] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TL) failure]

TL sensor connector (CN604) No Correct TL sensor

is connected connection
YES

TL sensor resistance No
Replace TL sensor
characteristic is normal See the
characteristic table
YES on page 107

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

123
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[F08] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Outside air temperature sensor (TO) failure]

TO sensor connector (CN602) No Correct TO sensor

is connected connection
Yes

TO sensor resistance No
Replace TO sensor
characteristic is normal See the
characteristic table
Yes on page 108

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

[F12] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Suction temperature sensor (TS) failure]

TS sensor connector No Correct TS sensor

(CN600) is connected connection
Yes

TS sensor resistance No
Replace TS sensor
characteristic is normal
Yes

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

[F13] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Heat sink temperature sensor (TH) failure]

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

[F15] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [Heat exchanger sensor (TE, TS) wrong wiring]

TE and TS sensor is No Correct sensor attaching

attached to the correct position. position
Yes

TE sensor resistance No
characteristic is normal See the
Replace TE sensor
characteristic table
Yes on page 107

TS sensor resistance No
Replace TS sensor
characteristic is normal
Yes

Replace outdoor control board PC board

805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

124
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[F31] <Indication 1> <Indication 2> [EEPROM failure]

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it 805 to 1405H-E (MCC-1571)
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E (MCC 1599)

125
9-4-3. Temperature sensor, temperature-resistance characteristic
table
TC, TWI, TWO, TFI, TTW, TE, TS, TO sensors TD, TL sensors
Typical value Typical value
Resistance value (kΩ) Resistance value (kΩ)
Temperature Temperature
(°C) (°C)
(Minimum) (Standard) (Maximum) (Minimum) (Standard) (Maximum)

-10 55.42 55.73 60.04 0 150.5 161.3 172.7

0 32.33 33.80 35.30 10 92.76 99.05 105.6

10 19.63 20.35 21.09 20 58.61 62.36 66.26

20 12.23 12.59 12.95 25 47.01 49.93 52.97

25 9.75 10.00 10.25 30 37.93 40.22 42.59

30 7.764 7.990 8.218 40 25.12 26.55 28.03

40 5.013 5.192 5.375 50 17.00 17.92 18.86

50 3.312 3.451 3.594 60 11.74 12.34 12.95

60 2.236 2.343 2.454 70 8.269 8.668 9.074

70 1.540 1.623 1.709 80 5.925 6.195 6.470

80 1.082 1.146 1.213 90 4.321 4.507 4.696

90 0.7740 0.8237 0.8761 100 3.205 3.336 3.468

100 0.5634 0.6023 0.6434

TC, TWI, TWO, TFI, TTW, TE, TS, TO sensors

60

50
Resistance (k

40

30

20

10

0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Temperature (°C)
TD, TL sensors
200 20
Resistance (k) (50 °C or higher)
Resistance (k) (50 °C or lower)

150 15

100 10

50 5

0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Temperature (°C)

* Since the TH sensor (outdoor unit heat-sink temperature sensor) is built in the
outdoor control board, the resistance value cannot be measured.

126
9-5. Operation check by PC board switch
9-5-1. Operation check mode
This mode allows to check the operations of the water 2-way valve, water 3-way valve, mixing valve, and circulation
pump. This operation is valid when the hydro unit and the outdoor unit are turned on the power.

Operation check mode

(1) Preparation
1) Turn all of the remote controllers "OFF" for the hot water supply and heating.
2) Turn off the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
3) Remove the front panel of the hydro unit.
4) Set SW06_2 "ON".
(2) Operation check
1) Turn on the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
2) Rotate switch DIP SW01 to position "1" and press tactile switch SW07 for 5 sec. or longer.
3) Rotating the rotary SW01 allows to check each operation.
4) Set the DIP SW06_2 "OFF" to finish.

Rotary Check contents Remark

switch
1 None
2WV_W Alive for approx. 2 sec, not alive for 3
2
sec
3 3WV_W
Mixing valve Alive for 30 sec in the forward direction
4
Alive for 30 sec in the reverse direction
5 Built-in circulation pump Alive / not alive for 20 sec
6 External circulation pump 1 Alive / not alive for 20 sec
7 (External circulation pump 2) Alive / not alive for 20 sec Reserved
Water heat exchange backup Repeat heater 1, heater 2, and OFF The built-in circulation pump operates.
8
heater every 20 sec
9 Hot water cylinder heater Alive / not alive for 10 sec
Backup heater Alive / not alive for 10 sec The built-in circulation pump and external
10
circulation pump operate.
11 Check the alarm output. Output for 10 sec / no output for 10 sec
12 Check the boiler output. Output for 10 sec / no output for 10 sec
13 Check the defrost output. Output for 10 sec / no output for 10 sec
14 Check the operation output. Output for 10 sec / no output for 10 sec
15 None
Built-in circulation pump Continuously alive Do not operate the circulation pump alive
16
continuous operation continuously without any water in hydro unit.

127
9-6. Brief method for checking the key components
9-6-1. Hydro unit
No. Component name Check procedure
Water heat exchange Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester. (Normal temperature)
temperature
(TC) sensor Temperature
Water inlet temperature 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C
Sensor
(TWI) sensor
Water heat exchange temperature (TC) sensor
1 Water outlet temperature
(TWO) sensor Water inlet temperature (TWI) sensor
33.8 20.35 12.59 7.99
Hot water cylinder temperature Water outlet (TWO) sensor
kΩ kΩ kΩ kΩ
(TTW) sensor Hot water cylinder temperature (TTW) sensor
Floor inlet temperature
Floor inlet temperature (TFI) sensor
(TFI) sensor

128
9-6-2. Outdoor unit
No. Component name Check procedure
Compressor Measure the resistance value of each winding with a tester.
Type Red 805 to 1405H-E
DA220A2F-22L Resistance
Location
(805H-E) value
DA422A3F-26M Red − White 1.04-1.16 Ω
(1105,1405H-E)
White − Black 1.04-1.16 Ω
DA422A3F-27M
(1105, 1405, 1605H8(R)-E) Black − Red 1.04-1.16 Ω At 20 °C
White
1 Black
1105 to 1605H8(R)-E

Resistance
Location
value
Red − White 0.75-0.83 Ω
White − Black 0.75-0.83 Ω
Black − Red 0.75-0.83 Ω At 20 °C

Outdoor fan motor Measure the resistance value of each winding with a tester.
Type Red
Location Resistance value
ICF-280-A60-1
Red − White
(805H-E)
805H-E White − Black 32.6 ± 3.3 Ω
2 ICF-280-A100-1
Black − Red
(1105,1405H-E)
Red − White
(1105 to 1605H8(R)-E) 1105,1405H-E
1105 to White − Black 14.8 ± 1.5 Ω
Black − Red
White Black 1605H8(R)-E

4-way valve coil Measure the resistance value.

Type 805 to 1405H-E
3 STF-H01AP1874A1 1617 Ω ± 113 Ω
STF-H01AJ1736A1 1105 to 1605H8(R)-E
1725 Ω ± 172.5 Ω

Pulse motor valve coil Measure the resistance value.

Type 1 White Resistance
CAM-MD12TF-15 Location
6 Red M value
(805H-E) 3 Orange Red − White, Orange 42-50 Ω
Red − Yellow, Blue 42-50 Ω Condition 20 °C

Yellow Blue

2 4
4
Type
1 Black
UKV-A038
6 Grey M Resistance
(1105,1405H-E) Location
3 Red
value
(1105 to 1605H8(R)-E)
Grey − Black, Red 43-49 Ω
Grey − Yellow, Orange 43-49 Ω Condition 20 °C
Yellow Grey Orange

2 6 4

129
No. Component name Check procedure
Suction temperature (TS) sensor Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester.
Heat exchange temperature 10-20 kΩ (Normal temperature)
(TE) sensor
Temperature
Outdoor temperature (TO) 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C
5
sensor Sensor (kΩ)
Outdoor heat exchange temperature sensor (TE)
33.8 20.4 12.6 8.0
Suction temperature sensor (TS)

Discharge temperature (TD) Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester.
sensor
Temperature
6 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C
Sensor (kΩ)
Discharge temperature sensor (TD) 161.3 99.0 62.4 40.2

130
10 Hydro unit and outdoor unit settings
Hydro unit
1. Hydro unit Setting
1-1. Setting switch names and positions

SW01

SW12 SW13

SW02

SW11
SW10 SW07

SW06

1-2. SW02 (System switching 1)

SW02 Switching details Factory default Remarks
Boiler install position After 3WV heating side / Before 3WV After 3WV, Before 3 WV
02_1 OFF
heating
02_2 – – OFF
02_3 External cylinder thermostat connected. No OFF
02_4 External room thermostat connected. No OFF

1-3. SW10 (Pump switching)

SW10 Switching details Factory default Remarks
Pump P1 operation during hot water mode
Heat-pump
10_1 OFF = P1 ON during heat pump activate OFF
activate
ON = P1 Continuous run
Pump P1 operation during room heating. P1 pump stop or
not using outside air temperature.
10_2 OFF = Continuous run Continuous run OFF
ON = Pump P1 stop when TO>20 oC (Available to change
the temperature setting by FC 9E)
10_3 Synchronization of Pump P1 and P2. Non-synchronous OFF
Pump P1 ON/OFF cycling (During long periods of system
10_4 No OFF
OFF)

1-4. SW11 (Heater Yes/No switching)

SW11 Switching details Factory default Remarks
11_1 Hydro unit backup heater Energized Yes/No Energized OFF
11_2 Hot water cylinder heater Energized Yes/No Energized OFF
11_3 External booster heater output Enabled Yes/No Enabled OFF
11_4 – – OFF

1-5. SW12 (System switching 2)

SW12 Switching details Factory default Remarks
12_1 Hot water supply is using Yes OFF
12_2 ZONE1 operation is using Yes OFF
12_3 ZONE2 operation is using No OFF
12_4 – – OFF

131
1-6. SW13 (System switching 3)
SW13 Switching details Factory default Remarks
13_1 3WV SPST/SPSD Specification switching SPST OFF
13_2 Boiler output enabled No OFF
13_3 Auto Restart of power outage after system power failure. Yes OFF
13_4 – – OFF

2. Function Code Setting

• Hydro unit function code setting is available only for the header remote controller.
• Set function codes for various operation modes with the remote controller.

2-1. How to set hydro unit function code

<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “FC for Hydro unit” on FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
the FIELD SETTING screen, then press the [ ] button. FC for Hydro unit
FC for Remote controller

SET

3 Press the [ ] / [ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press FC for Hydro unit
the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value.
FC No. Data

0001
FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

132
2-2. How to set remote controller function code
<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “FC for Remote FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
controller” on the FIELD SETTING screen, then press the [ ] FC for Hydro unit
button. FC for Remote controller

SET

3 Press the [ ] / [ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press FC for Remote controller
the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value.
FC No. Data

0000
FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

133
Function code table
FC Item Details Factory default
01 Water heat exchanger capacity *1 0012: 805XWH**-E 0017: 1405XWH**-E Depends on type
02 Cooling/Non-cooling switching 0000: Cooling 0001: Not cooling 0000: Cooling
08 Hot water boost operation time (operating time) 0003: 30 min - 0018: 180 min 0006: 60 min
09 Hot water boost set temperature 0040: 40 °C - 0080: 80 °C 0075: 75 °C
0A Anti bacteria set temperature 0065: 65 °C - 0080: 80 °C 0075: 75 °C
0B Anti bacteria holding time 0000: 0 min - 0060: 60 min 0030: 30 min
0C Mixing valve drive time 0003: 30 sec - 0024: 240 sec 0006: 60 sec
0F Hot water HP allowance while cooling + hot water 0000: Not allow - 0001: Allow 0000: Not allow
supply
18 Upper limit of cooling set temperature 0018: 18 °C - 0030: 30 °C 0025: 25 °C
19 Lower limit of cooling set temperature 0007: 7 °C - 0018: 20 °C 0007: 7 °C
1A Upper limit of heating (ZONE1) set temperature 0037: 37 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0055: 55 °C
1B Lower limit of heating (ZONE1) set temperature 0020: 20 °C - 0037: 37 °C 0020: 20 °C
1C Upper limit of heating (ZONE2) set temperature 0037: 37 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0055: 55 °C
1D Lower limit of heating (ZONE2) set temperature 0020: 20 °C - 0037: 37 °C 0020: 20 °C
1E Upper limit of hot water set temperature 0060: 60 °C - 0080: 80 °C 0075: 75 °C
1F Lower limit of hot water set temperature 0040: 40 °C - 0060: 60 °C 0040: 40 °C
20 Hot water HP start temperature 0020: 20 °C - 0045: 45 °C 0038: 38 °C
21 Hot water HP stop temperature 0040: 40 °C - 0050: 50 °C 0045: 45 °C
22 Priority mode Hot water supply/Heating switching -0020: -20 °C - 0020: 20 °C 0000: 0 °C
temperature
23 Boiler output enable switching temperature -0020: -20 °C - 0020: 20 °C -0010: -10 °C
24 Outside air temperature for hot water temperature -0020: -20 °C - 0010: 10 °C 0000: 0 °C
compensation start
25 Hot water temperature compensation value 0000: 0K - 0015: 15K 0003: 3K
26 Night setback change temperature range 0003: 3K - 0020: 20K 0005: 5K
27 Set temperature shift with heating Auto -0005: -5K - 0005: 5K 0000: 0K
29 Outside air temperature T1 temperature -0015: -15 °C - 0000: 0 °C -0010: -10 °C
2B Outside air temperature T3 temperature 0000: 0 °C - 0015: 15 °C 0010: 10 °C
2C Set temperature A with outside air temperature of T0 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0040: 40 °C
2D Set temperature B with outside air temperature of T1 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0035: 35 °C
2E Set temperature C with outside air temperature of 0 °C 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0030: 30 °C
2F Set temperature D with outside air temperature of T3 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0025: 25 °C
30 Set temperature E with outside air temperature of 20 °C 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0020: 20 °C
31 Zone2 ratio with Zone1 as Auto 0000: 0% - 0100: 100% 0080: 80%
33 Hydro unit backup heater down time 0000: 5 min 0001: 10 min 0001: 10 min
0002: 15 min 0003: 20 min
34 Hydro unit backup heater up time 0000: 10 min 0001: 20 min 0000: 10 min
0002: 30 min 0003: 40 min
3A Frost protection function Invalid/Valid 0000: Invalid 0001: Valid 0001: Valid
3B Frost protection set temperature 0008: 10 °C - 0020: 20 °C 0015: 15 °C
3C 2-way valve operation (logical reverse) control 0000: Energized during cooling 0000: Activate during
0001: Not energised during cooling cooling
3E Heating HP/Boiler priority switching when using boiler 0000: Priority on HP 0001: Priority on boiler 0000: Priority on HP
40 Activate/deactivate room temperature control 0000: Deactivate 0001: Activate 0000: Deactivate
*1 FC_01 is needed for PCB replacement or function code reset procedure has been completed.
*2 System restart with remote controller.
*3 Restart in the mode when stopping.
*4 In addition, it is enable only when switch 2-3 is set to “OFF” and FC61 is set to “3”.

134
FC Item Details Factory default
52 External input contact logic (must be used in with 0000: CLOSE to stop system *2 0000:CLOSE to stop
FC61) 0001: OPEN to stop system *2
0002: OPEN to stop system, CLOSE to restart
system (Statics input)
0003: CLOSE to stop system, CLOSE again to restart
system (plus input)
54 Logic of 3-way valve’s action when powered (Single 0000: Not reversed (Hot water mode when powered) 0000: Not reversed
return only) 0001: Reversed (Heating when powered) (Hot water mode when
powered)
58 Night setback is activated 0000: Zone 1 & 2 0000: Zone1 & 2
0001: Zone 1 only
59 Interval of Mixing Valve control 0001: 1 minute - 0030: 30 minutes 0004: 4 minutes
5A P1 setting while in hot water supply mode 0000: While running HP only 0000: While running
0001: P1 continues running HP only
5B Boiler running setting 0000: Boiler and HP 0003: Boiler only
0001: Boiler only with pump running
0002: Heater
0003: Boiler only (Pump stopping)
61 Changing the target of stopping/starting by external 0000: Hot water supply and heating 0000: Hot water
signal or changing the TEMPO setting 0001: Keeping initial status *3 supply and heating
0002: Hot water supply only
0003: Heating only
0004: TEMPO1 (Not activate the heaters)
0005: TEMPO2 (Not activate the heaters, inlet pump,
heat pump)
62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0000: Activate 0000: Activate
0001: Deactivate
64 Continuously run or stop the P2 pump while cooling 0000: Continuously run P2 0000: Continuous
0001: Stop P2 running
65 P1 pump setting when the thermostat is deactivated in 0000: Continuously run P1 0000: Continuous
the room temperature remote controller and room 0001: Stop P1 when the thermostat is OFF running
temperature thermostat settings
67 Changing the condition of optional output (For the 0000: 1-3 During defrosting 0000: 1-3 During
optional PC board connected to CN209) 2-3 While compressor is running. defrosting
0001: 1-3 As error is detected 2-3 While compressor
2-3 During operation is running.
6E To diff temperature, when pump P1 stop at to 20 °C 0001: 1K 0005: 5K 0002: 2K
73 Hot water tank heater start time of heat-pump while 0000: 30 min passed 0003: 120 min passed 0000: 30 min passed
operating
92 Upper room temperature limit when cooling 0000: 0 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0029: 29 °C
93 Lower room temperature limit when cooling 0000: 0 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0018: 18 °C
94 Upper room temperature limit when heating 0000: 0 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0029: 29 °C
95 Lower room temperature limit when heating 0000: 0 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0018: 18 °C
96 Initial water temperature setting when controlling 0005: 5 °C - 0030: 30 °C 0020: 20 °C
cooling by the room temperature remote controller and
room temperature thermostat
9D Initial water temperature setting when controlling 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0040: 40 °C
heating by the room temperature remote controller and
room temperature thermostat
9E TO temperature setting to stop the P1 pump during the 0010: 10 °C - 0030: 30 °C 0020: 20 °C
middle period heating
A0 P1 pump speed control changes the percentage duty of 0000: 100% 0005: 50% 0000: 100%
the PWM control
A1 Outside air temperature T0 temperature -0030: -30 °C - -0020: -20 °C -0020: -20 °C
A2 Zone2 temperature setting method 0000: Percentage (FC31) 0000: Percentage
0001: Fixed value (FCA3~ A5)
A3 Set temperature A' with outside temperature of T0 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0040: 40 °C
A4 Set temperature B' with outside temperature of T1 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0035: 35 °C
A5 Set temperature E' with outside temperature of 20 °C 0020: 20 °C - 0055: 55 °C 0020: 20 °C
*1 FC_01 is needed for PCB replacement or function code reset procedure has been completed.
*2 System restart with remote controller.
*3 Restart in the mode when stopping.
*4 In addition, it is enable only when switch 2-3 is set to “OFF” and FC61 is set to “3”.

135
 FC Item Details Factory default
B2 HP restart water temperature in A zone. (Valid only 0020: 20 °C 0037: 37 °C 0025: 25 °C
room temp control using 2nd remote controller)
B5 Initial water temperature setting method when 0000: The fixed temperature by FC9D 0000: The fixed
controlling heating by the room temperature remote 0001: The calculated temperature by Auto curve
controller and room temperature thermostat
B6 Changing the target of stopping / starting by external 0000: none (Local hot water tank thermostat) 0000: none
signal (CN210 - terminal 2 and 3) 0001: Hot water supply control *4
B8 Forcibly heater off at T0 ≥ A °C 0000: no restriction, 0001: 20 °C 0000: no restriction
0002: 15 °C, ···, 0006: -5 °C
B9 Backup heater energization temperature during Correction coefficient B 0000: 0K
defrosting. 0000: 0K, ···, 0004: 40K
BA Intermittent operation at T0 ≥ A °C 0000: continuous operation 0000: continuous
(heating mode) 0001: 20 °C, ···, 0006: -5 °C operation
BB Intermittent operation at T0 < B °C 0000: continuous operation 0000: continuous
(cooling mode) 0001: 35 °C, ···, 0003: 25 °C operation
BC Pump off time during thermostat off operation 0000: 5 min, ···, 0005: 30 min 0001: 10 min
*1 FC_01 is needed for PCB replacement or function code reset procedure has been completed.
*2 System restart with remote controller.
*3 Restart in the mode when stopping.
*4 In addition, it is enable only when switch 2-3 is set to “OFF” and FC61 is set to “3”.

Remote controller function code table

FC Item Details Fist shipment
02 Temperature correction by the room temperature sensor -10K~+10K: By 1K steps -1: -1K correction
(heating)
03 Temperature correction by the room temperature sensor -10K~+10K: By 1K steps -1: -1K correction
(cooling)
09 Night time low-noise mode 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid
0A Night time low-noise start time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0B Night time low-noise end time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 06: 06:00
0C Anti bacteria start time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0D Anti bacteria start cycle 1 - 10 (Every day to 10-day cycle) 07: 7-day cycle
0E Starting time of Night setback 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0F Ending time of Night setback 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 06: 06:00
11 Remote controller Alarm Tone. 0: Alarm Tone OFF 1: Alarm Tone ON 1: Alarm Tone ON
12 Frost running period (days) (0 days – 20 days) 00: No setting
13 Frost running period (hours) (0 hours – 23 hours) 00: No setting
14 Start and End temperature 20 - 55 (20 °C - 55 °C) 00: No setting
15 Max temperature 20 - 55 (20 °C - 55 °C) 00: No setting
16 Continuation days for every step up to Max temperature 1 - 7 (1 day - 7 days) 00: No setting
17 Temperature difference for every step up to Max 1 - 10 (1 K - 10 K) 00: No setting
temperature
18 Continuation days for every step down to End 1 - 7 (1 day - 7 days) 00: No setting
temperature
19 Temperature difference for every step down to End 1 - 10 (1 K - 10 K) 00: No setting
temperature
1A Continuation days in Max temperature 1 - 30 (1 day - 30 days) 00: No setting

*14~1A: for floor drying function

136
2-3. How to reset hydro function code
If the hydro unit PCB has been replaced, it is necessary to change the FC 01 (capacity setting)
(1) Preparation
1) Turn all off the Hot water supply operation and Heating/Cooling operation.
2) Turn off the power supply of the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
3) Remove the front panel of the hydro unit and cover to the hydro unit electrical box.
4) Set SW06_1 and _2 "ON".
(2) Procedure
1) Turn on the power supply of the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
• The small yellow LED located near the MCU should be flashing slowly.
2) Press tactile switch SW07 until the yellow LED turns off.
• When the tactile switch SW07 has been press for 5 sec, flashing becomes quickly. And when the
switch will be pressed further 5 sec, the yellow LED will turn off.
When the SW07 is released, the yellow LED start to flash quickly again.
3) Turn off the power supply of the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
4) Set SW06_1 and _2 to "OFF".
5) Replace the electrical box cover and front panel on the hydro unit.

Yellow LED
And you can reset hydro function code on remote
controller.
Press the [ ][ ][ ] long time in
“FC for Hydro unit” display, and select “YES”.

SW06
SW07

2-4. How to reset remote controller function code

You can reset remote controller function code on remote controller.
Press the [ ][ ][ ] long time in “FC for remote controller” display, and select “YES”.

137
3. Test run
• Even if the outside air temperature or water temperature is outside the setting value range, Heating, Cooling and
Hot water supply operation become possible.
• Since the protection setting is disabled in the TEST mode, do not continue a test run longer than 10 minutes.

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Test mode” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select ON, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
The mark appears on the top screen.
ON
OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating or cooling or Hot water operation on the top MON
screen, then the selected mode mark is blinking during Test mode.
ZONE1 ZONE2 HOT WATER

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

• The pump is activated in 30 seconds. If air is not released completely, the flow rate switch is activated to stop
operation. Release air again according to the piping procedure. Little air entrainment is discharged from the
purge valve.
• Check that the hydraulic pressure has become the predetermined pressure 0.1 to 0.2 MPa (1 to 2 bar). If the
hydraulic pressure is insufficient, replenish water.
• Heating operation starts. Check that the hydro unit starts heating.
• Press the [ ] button to select the Cooling operation, in a few second, the operation starts.
• Check that the hydro unit starts cooling and that the floor heating system is not cooled.
• Press the [ ] button to stop the operation.
• Press the [ ] button to start the Hot water supply operation.
• Check that there is no air entrainment.
• Check that hot water is present at the connection port of the hot water cylinder.
• Press the [ ] button or [ ON/OFF] button to stop the operation.

138
4. Auto Curve Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• Set function codes for various operation modes with the remote controller.

<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “FC for Hydro unit” on FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
the FIELD SETTING screen, then press the [ ] button. FC for Hydro unit
FC for Remote controller

SET

3 Press the [ ] / [ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press FC for Hydro unit
the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value.
FC No. Data

0001
FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

139
<ZONE1>
• An operation starts at the set temperature of straight -line approximation for the following: water temperature A °C with the outside
temperature T0 °C, B °C with T1 °C, C °C with T2 °C, D °C with T3 °C, and E °C with 20 °C.

TSC_F (°C) Related FC

± 5K adjustable (FC 27) FC No. Setting item Default range
A(40)
2C Setting temperature A at T0 40 20~55 °C
B(35) 2D Setting temperature B at T1 35 20~55 °C
C(30)
2E Setting temperature C at T2(= 0 °C) 30 20~55 °C
2F Setting temperature D at T3 25 20~55 °C
D(25) 30 Setting temperature E at 20 °C 20 20~55 °C
E(20) A1 Outside temperature T0 -20 -30~-20 °C
29 Outside temperature T1 -10 -15~0 °C
T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) 2B Outside temperature T3 10 0~15 °C
(-20) (-10) (10) 27 Set temperature shift with heating set to auto 0 -5 to 5K

<ZONE2>
• Set temperature of the ZONE2 can be selected from two methods (FC_A2). One is a percentage of ZONE1, the other is a fixed value.
FC_A2 = "0" : Percentage method that is set by FC_31.
FC_A2 = "1" : Fixed value method that is set by FC_A3, A4 and A5.
However, it is automatically controlled the set temperature of ZONE1 to be the ZONE2 or more.

FC_A2=0 Percentage method FC_A2=1 Fixed value method

TSC_F(°C) TSC_F(°C)
ZONE 1 A'(40)
A(40)

B(35) ZONE 2
B'(35)
80 % (FC_31) of ZONE1
C(30)

D(25)

E(20) E'(20)

T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) T0 T1 20 TO (°C)

(-20) (-10) (10) (-20) (-10)
Auto-Curve in ZONE2 shows 80% (FC) of that of ZONE1, the The ZONE2 set temperature A' °C with the outside
water temperature setting does not fall below 20 °C. temperature T0 °C, B' °C with T1 °C, E' °C with 20 °C.

Related FC
FC No. Setting item Default range
A2 The choice of how to set ZONE2 0 0 or 1
A3 Setting temperature A' at T0 40 20~55 °C
A4 Setting temperature B' at T1 35 20~55 °C
A5 Setting temperature E' at 20 °C 20 20~55 °C
31 Auto-Curve ratio of ZONE2 80 0~100%

140
Auto-Curve temperature shift
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• The set temperature can be shifted in the range of ±5K of the current setting.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Auto mode” on the MENU MENU(1/2)
screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The function code setting
screen appears.
FC No. 27: Shifted temperature (Range: -5 ~ +5, Default: 0)
3 Press the [ ] button to select Data value, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to adjust the
temperature between -5K to +5 K.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set temperature is registered. Auto mode

FC No. Data

FIX

141
5. Clock Setting
• Setting for the clock (date, month, year, time)

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Setting” on the MENU MENU(2/2)

screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Initial setting” on the Setting

Setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Initial setting
Schedule setting

SET

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Clock” on the Initial Initial setting(1/2)
setting screen, then press the [ ] button. Clock
Screen contrast
Backlight
Header / Second
Temperature control

SET

4 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select the date, month, year, and, time.
5 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value, then press the Clock
[ ] button.
• The clock display appears on the top screen.
31 / 12 / 2016 01:11
• The clock display blinks if the clock setting has been reset due to power
failure or other cause.
FIX
← →

142
6. Scheduled Operation Setting
6-1. How to set scheduled operation
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• Schedule setting makes the following modes to be flexibly set: hot water supply, heating, cooling, hot water
supply and heating, hot water supply and cooling, and stop, and set temperature.
• Set the unit clock and the schedule condition setting before schedule timer setting.

<Preparation>
Set the remote controller time at first.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Setting” on the MENU MENU(2/2)

screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Schedule setting” on Setting

the setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Initial setting
Schedule setting

SET

Condition setting
• Up to 6 different running patterns per day can be programmed.
1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Condition setting” on the
Schedule setting
Schedule setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Condition setting
Holiday setting
Key lock

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to input running pattern. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

3 Press [ ]/[ ] button to select the change item, then press the Condition setting(1/2)
[ ]/[ ] button. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
FIX RESET

143
4 Press the [ ] button. Condition setting

Schedule timer confirm?

YES NO

5 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

Mode :Operation mode (HEAT, COOL, HW (Hot water))
Z1 :ZONE1 setting temperature
Z2 :ZONE2 setting temperature
HW :Hot water supply operation setting temperature
Start :Operation start time (0:00 ~ 23:59)
End :Operation end time (0:00 ~ 24:00, -- : --)
• “-- : --” means the operation continues.

If End time is set earlier than Start time, an error is displayed.

144
To set up ranging over a day

There are two methods.

➀If “24:00” is set to “END” and “00:00” is set to “START” next day, the previous operation status will be continued.
And set the time you want to stop to “END”.
➁If “--” is set to “END”, the previous operation status will be continued next day. And set the time you want to stop
to “END”. Any “START” time is sufficient if it is earlier than “END” time.

In the case of heating operation from 21:00 of Monday night to 3:00 of Tuesday morning.
Example of set up (1) Condition setting(1/2) Condition setting(1/2)
ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 24:00 HEAT 55 45 -- 00:00 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET COPY RESET
DAY SET DAY SET

MON TUE
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (2) Condition setting(1/2) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 -- : -- HEAT 55 45 -- 02:30 03:00 *1
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET COPY RESET
DAY SET DAY SET

MON TUE
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (3) (ALL DAY) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 24:00
HEAT 55 45 -- 00:00 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
RESET
DAY SET

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (4) (ALL DAY) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 -- : -- *1
HEAT 55 45 -- 02:30 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
RESET
DAY SET

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

*1: “START” time is permissible 00:00 ~ 02:59 in this example.

145
To copy the settings of the previous day

1 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to copy the settings of the previous day. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

2 Press the [ ] button, then the contents of the setting is displayed.

Condition setting

Copy the previous day setting?

YES NO
↓
• If the [ ] button is pressed in the state where “MON” is selected, the Condition setting(1/2)
contents of the setting of “SUN” is copied. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
COPY RESET
DAY SET

To reset the settings for each day.

1 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to reset the settings of the day. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
COPY RESET
DAY SET

2 Press the [ ] button, then the contents of the setting is cleared.

Condition setting

Delete the day setting?

YES NO
↓
Condition setting(1/2)
ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

146
Holiday setting
• Set the days of the week when the schedule timer not used.
1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Holiday setting” on the Schedule setting
Schedule setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Condition setting
Holiday setting
Key lock

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button
Holiday setting
to set.
●: Schedule timer is not used. MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

FIX
DAY SET

3 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

Key lock
• Select whether to LOCK / UNLOCK [ON/OFF], [Temperature], [mode] during schedule timer.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Key lock” on the Schedule setting screen, then press
the [ ] button.
2 Press the [ ] button to select object, then press the [ ] button
to select LOCK or UNLOCK. Key lock

●: LOCK
ON/OFF Temp. Mode

FIX
SELECT LOCK

3 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

• When “LOCK” is selected, the key cannot be used during Key lock and schedule timer.
• The factory default is “UNLOCK”.

To enable the Schedule timer function

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Schedule timer” on the MENU(1/2)
MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Schedule timer Schedule timer
screen, then press the [ ] button. The mark appears on the
top screen. ON
OFF

FIX

147
7. Frost protection Setting
• This function performs operation with the minimum capacity (target water temperature:15°C) to prevent pipes
from freezing in case the unit is not used for a long period due to absence.
• Cancel schedule timer to start Frost protection operation. When Frost protection is operated with schedule timer
on, it may stop during its operation.
• The minimum capacity can be changed, ask the installation company to make the required changes to the
settings.
• This function takes precedence over the Night setback operation that is set separately.
• Start the heating operation before making the setting.
It may not be able to go to the setting screen immediately after start. In that case, select “Frost protection” again
after tens of seconds.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Frost protection” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Frost protection Frost protection
screen, then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 The temperature indication change to “F” and mark appears on MON

the top screen.
• When the set period has passed, the Frost protection operation ends ZONE1 HOT WATER
automatically.

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

148
<How to set Frost protection operation end time>
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Frost protection” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The function code setting
screen appears.
FC No. 12: End days (Range: 0~20, Default: 0)
13: End times (Range: 0~23, Default: 0)
ex)
Code No. 12: 05
13: 13 = 5 days 13 hours
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button
to set the value.
4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered. Frost protection

FC No. Data

FIX

149
8. NIGHT Operation Setting
• This function is used for energy saving during specified time zone (sleeping hours, etc.).
• For night time hours (sleeping hours, etc.), this function shifts the set temperature of heating or cooling by 5K.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select an “Night setback” on MENU(1/2)

the MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Night setback Night setback
screen, then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the heating or cooling operation, then the mark appears on the top screen.

<How to set NIGHT operation start and end time>

• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select an “Night setback” on MENU(1/2)

the MENU screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The function code setting
screen appears.
FC No. 0E: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0F: End time (Range: 0~23, Default: 06)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to
set the value.
The same value cannot be set to 0E and 0F.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set time is registered. Night setback

FC No. Data

FIX

150
9. Anti bacteria Setting
• This setting regularly raises the hot water cylinder temperature to prevent bacteria from growing.
• The Anti bacteria operation is performed to maintain the temperature (75°C) for the period (30 minutes) when
the preset start time (22:00) comes according to the preset cycle (7 days).
• The maintain temperature and the period can be changed, ask the installation company to make the required
changes to the settings.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Anti bacteria” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Anti bacteria screen, Anti bacteria
then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the hot water operation, then the mark appears on the top screen.

<How to set Anti bacteria temperature and holding time>

In FC_0A or 0B, the set temperature and holding time can be changed.
FC_0A: Set temperature change range 70 to 80 °C (75 °C: default)
FC_0B: Holding time change range 0 to 60 minutes (30 minutes: default)

<How to set Anti bacteria start time and cycle>

• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Anti bacteria” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The function code setting
screen appears.
FC No. 0C: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0D: cycle (Range: 0~10, Default: 07)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to
set the value.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered. Anti bacteria

FC No. Data

FIX

151
10. Hot water boost Setting
• This function is used when temporarily giving priority to the hot water supply operation. The hot water supply
operation is performed in preference to other operations with a target of the preset time (60 minutes) or the preset
temperature (75°C). Use this function when hot water is not used for a long time or before using a large amount
of hot water.
• The preset time and temperature settings can be changed to values with in a range of 30 to 180 minutes and 40
to 80°C. Ask the installation company to make the required changes to the settings.
• Start the hot water operation before making the setting.
It may not be able to go to the setting screen immediately after start. In that case, select “Hot water boost” again
after tens of seconds.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Hot water boost” on the MENU(1/2)
MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Hot water boost Hot water boost
screen, then press the [ ] button. The mark appears on the
top screen. ON
• When the set time period has passed or the water temperature has OFF
reached the set temperature, the Hot water boost operation ends
automatically. FIX

Hot water boost operation with the heat pump and heater ends when the water temperature reaches 75 °C;
however, the normal hot water supply operation automatically starts after 60 minutes even if the temperature is not
as high as 75 °C.

<How to set Hot water boost operation time and temperature>

In FC_08 or 09, the operation time and set temperature can be changed.
FC_08: Operation time change range 30 to 120 minutes (60 minutes: default)
FC_09: Set temperature change range 40 to 80 °C (75 °C: default)

152
11. Night time Low-noise Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This setting is used to reduce noise output, from the outdoor unit, during night time for neighbours. Night time
low-noise operates with lower operation frequency and fan tap than normal operation only for the set time period.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Silent mode” on the MENU(1/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Silent mode screen, Silent mode
then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the heating, cooling or hot water operation. The mark appears on the top screen during
the set-up time zone.

<How to enable, set start time and end time of night time low-noise>
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Silent mode” on the MENU(1/2)

MENU screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The function code setting
screen appears.
FC No. 0A: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0B: End time (Range: 0~23, Default: 06)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to
set the value.
The same value cannot be set to 0A and 0B.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set time is registered. Silent mode

FC No. Data

FIX

153
12. Forced Defrosting Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This function can active the forced defrosting mode for the outdoor unit.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Forced defrosting” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select ON, then press the [ ] button. Forced defrosting

ON
OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating operation on the top screen.

(Operation)
• Press the button.
• Set the operation to the heating mode.
• After a while, forced defrosting signals are transmitted to the outdoor unit, and the unit starts defrosting.
(Forced defrosting lasts for up to 10 minutes.)
• After the defrosting, the heating operation starts.
• To perform defrosting again, start with 1 above.
(Performing the forced defrosting once cancels the forced defrosting setting above described.)

154
13. Display Function of Set Temperature and Other Settings
• The sensor sensing temperature is displayed on the remote controller.
• This function allows you to make sure whether the sensor is installed properly.

■ Sensor temperature display calling

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Service monitor” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
FC for Hydro unit
FC for Remote controller

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select the unit, Service monitor Service monitor
then press the [ ] button to display UNIT 1 UNIT 4 UNIT 7
the status. Code Data
UNIT 2 UNIT 5 UNIT 8

UNIT 3 UNIT 6
RETURN
UNIT SET

155
 Item code Data name Unit
00 Control temperature (Hot water cylinder) °C
01 Control temperature (Zone1) °C
02 Control temperature (Zone2) °C
03 Remote controller sensor temperature °C
Hydro unit data

04 Condensed temperature (TC) °C

06 Water inlet temperature (TWI) °C
07 Water outlet temperature (TWO) °C
08 Water heater outlet temperature (THO) °C
09 Floor inlet temperature (TFI) °C
0A Hot water cylinder temperature (TTW) °C
0B Mixing valve position step
0 Low pressure (Ps) × 1/10 kPa
0F Hydro soft Ver. ‒

Item code Data name Unit

60 Heat exchange temperature (TE) °C
61 Outside air temperature (TO) °C
62 Discharge temperature (TD) °C
Outdoor unit data

63 Suction temperature (TS) °C

65 Heat sink temperature (THS) °C
6A Current × 10 A
6D Heat exchanger coil temperature (TL) °C
70 Compressor operation Hz Hz
72 Number of revolutions of outdoor fan (lower or 1 fan model) rpm
73 Number of revolutions of outdoor fan (upper) rpm
74 Outdoor PMV position × 1/10 pls

Item code Data name Unit

F0 Micro computer energized accumulation time × 1/100 h
F1 Hot water compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h
Service data

F2 Cooling compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h

F3 Heating compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h
F4 Built-in circulation pump operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F5 Hot water cylinder heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F6 Backup heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F7 Booster heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h

• Some sensors (temperature / pressure) or fan are not displayed, because not connected.

156
14. Failure History Calling Function
• List of latest 10 alarm data: error information of error code, date and time is displayed.

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Alarm history” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

To reset the alarm history

1 Press the [ ] button to reset the alarm history. Alarm history(1/3)

Code Date Time

RESET

2 Press the [ ] button, then all alarm data is cleared. Alarm history

Reset all alarm data?

YES NO

NOTE
If the current failure is the same as the one occurred last time before deleted, the history may not record the current
failure.

157
15. Floor drying
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This function is used for drying concrete etc.
• Service personnel must operate the unit after setting the related function code.
• Operation is not started unless All the related function codes are set.
• Refer to the following for the settings of the related items. Please setup on the responsibility for an installer. An
unsuitable setup may cause a crack of concrete etc.
• When the operation starts, the unit operates as follows.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select "Floor drying" on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or Test mode
longer. Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
FC:14 setting start and End temperature [20-55°C]
Alarm history
FC:15 setting Max temperature [20-55°C]
FC:16 continuation days for every step up to Max temperature [1-7 days]
FC:17 temperature difference for every step up to Max temperature [1-10 K] SET
FC:18 continuation days for every step down to End temperature [1-7 days]
FC:19 temperature difference for every step down to End temperature [1-10 K]
FC:1A Continuation days in Max temperature [1-30 days]

setting temperature
°C
50
49
48
47
FC:1A
46
FC:15 45
44
43 FC:19
FC:18
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33 FC:17
32
FC:16
31
FC:14 30
29
28
27
26
25
24
:
:
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Day

lapsed days

total days

3 Press the [ ] / [ ] button to select FC number or Data, then press Floor drying
the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value.
FC No. Data

FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

158
To start the operation

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Floor drying” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select the ON, then press the [ ] Floor drying
button.
• Check the total days for Floor drying operation, then press [ ] button. ON
The mark and mark appears on the Top screen. OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating operation on the top screen. MON

• Then ZONE1 mark blinks during Floor drying operation and lapsed days
are displayed. ZONE1 HOT WATER

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

• If some abnormalities occur during Floor drying operation, the System stops and Alarm history screen is
displayed.
• After heating operation is stopped by operating the remote controller during Floor drying operation, if heating
operation is again started within 30 minutes, Floor drying operation is started from the time of stopping.

159
Outdoor unit
16. Outdoor Unit Setting
16-1. Refrigerant recovery control
Although HFC refrigerant is "Ozone depletion potential = 0", emission control is applied to it as a greenhouse effect
gas.
This model has a switch for the outdoor unit to perform an environment-friendly refrigerant recovery operation
(pump down) when the model is replaced or discarded.

[How to operate]

1 Remove the water in the hydro unit. <HWS-805H-E, 1105H-E, 1405H-E>

(With the water remained in the hydro unit, performing SW804 All OFF (Initial status)
refrigerant recovery may freeze the water and burst the
SW801 Press for
unit.) *1 approx. 1 sec
2 Set all the SW804 dip switches to OFF (initial status),

4
3
and press the push-button switch SW801 for approx.

2
ON

1
SW805 (Green LED) blinks.
1 second.
A cooling operation starts. (During the operation, D805
(green LED) blinks.
Note that this operation lasts for 10 minutes.
D800
D801

3 After 3 minutes has passed, close the liquid-side

D802
D803
D804

4
D805

valve.

3
2
ON

1
4 After the refrigerant recovery is completed, close the

4
3
2
gas-side valve.

ON

1
5 Press again the push-button switch SW801 for
<HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E>
approx. 1 second. The outdoor unit stops
operation (cooling).

MCC-1599 SW805
SW804
SW800 SW806

SW802
SW803 SW801

*1 : If can not remove the water

Operate the circulation pump, to prevent freezing.
1.Turn off the power. (hydro and outdoor unit)
2.Set SW06-2 “ON”.
3.Turn on the power. (hydro and outdoor unit)
4.Rotate switch SW01 to position “1” and press tactile switch SW07 for 5 sec, or longer.
5.Rotating the rotary SW01 to position “16”.
6.If you finish refrigerant recovery operation, set SW06-2 “OFF” and set SW01 “1”.

160
16-2. Outdoor unit settings (Existing piping, Power save, etc.)
The following settings are available with dip switch setting and jumper wire setting.
Function Where to set Control details
Existing piping When using a Ø19.1 pipe for the existing piping, set the switch to ON.
setting SW802 This case may decrease heating capacity depending on the outside air
temperature when heating or on a room temperature.
--- OFF
4

Power save setting --- Existing piping setting When using the power save function, set the switch to ON. This setting
3

--- Power save setting controls the compressor frequency lowering (about 10%) according to the
2
ON

--- Snow prevention fan control heat exchange temperature of the hydro unit during a heating or hot water
1

* All OFF position at factory default supply operation.

Snow prevention This control enables the function that prevents snow from entering the draft
fan control air duct through the fan guard or a heat exchanger gap and causing motor
lock. If the outside air temperature is 0 °C below, this control operates the
outdoor fan in W5 even if the compressor is not in operation.
Defrosting time J805, J806 If the defrosting interval is shorter than the standard, the jumper wire is cut.
change For the control details or how to cut the jumper wire, see defrosting control.
Maximum J807 If the maximum value of compressor frequency need to be lowered, cut the
frequency change jumper wire shown on the left.
This control lowers the maximum frequency when hot water supply, heating,
or cooling is in operation. (HWS-805H-E only)
In this case, the maximum capacity decreases.
Maximum frequency of compressor

HWS-805H-E HWS-1105H-E HWS-1405H-E

Model
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Standard 70.2 70.2 53.4 60.0 70.2 70.2
J807 cut 55.8 55.8 48.0 54.0 48.6 55.8

HWS-1105H8(R)-E HWS-1405H8(R)-E HWS-1605H8(R)-E

Model
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Standard 53.4 60.0 64.2 66.0 70.2 70.2
J807 cut 48.0 42.0 48.0 49.2 55.8 55.8

161
16-3. Service support functions (LED indication, Switch operation method)
The following settings are available with dip switches.

(1) Overview
Using 3 dip switches (SW802, SW803, SW804) and 2 push-button switches (SW800, SW801) can make settings
available and confirm operations.

For operation
Part number Specification Operation details
SW800 Press button switch This switch switches the indications of LED (D800 to D804) on the outdoor control board.
SW803 Dip switch
SW801 Press button switch This switch enables users to perform a special operation for maintenance and inspection.
SW804 Dip switch
SW802 Dip switch This switch performs initial settings. (See 10-16-2)

For display

Part number Specification Operation details

Amber LED Signal display (signals from the hydro unit) of communication between hydro unit and
D502
outdoor unit (serial communication)
Green LED Signal display (signals from the outdoor unit) of communication between hydro unit and
D503
outdoor unit (serial communication)
Yellow LED Abnormality indication
All OFF of SW803 or the lit status of any of D800 to D804 indicates that the outdoor
D800 to D804
control unit detects an abnormality.
Setting SW803 to other than OFF shows details with LED indication.
Green LED Energization indication
D805 This LED lights when the outdoor unit is energized.
During a special operation with the SW801 or SW804 operation, this LED blinks.

Note: All the LEDs have no colour when off.

<HWS-805H-E, 1105H-E, 1405H-E>

SW804 Special operation switch (Operations

SW801 for maintenance and inspection)

SW800
SW803 LED indication switching switch
4
3
2

D800 (Yellow LED)

ON

D801 (Yellow LED)

D802 (Yellow LED) Abnormality indication
D803 (Yellow LED) and other indications
D804 (Yellow LED)
D800
D805 (Green LED) --- Energization indication
D801
D802
D803
D804
4

D805
3

D503 (Green LED) --- Serial signal (Outdoor to hydro)

2
ON

D502 (Amber LED) --- Serial signal (Hydro to Outdoor)

1
4
3
2
ON

SW802 --- Initial settings switching

162
<HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E>

ON ON

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SW804 SW805 Enlarged view of

ON ON LEDs

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 D805
SW802 SW803 SW800 SW801 SW806 D804
D803
LED D802
D805
D804
D803
D801
D802
D801
D800
D800
D502 D503

163
(2) LED indication switching (SW800, SW803 operation)
(2) -1. Indication switching list
Operating SW803 can switch the indications of LED D800 to D804 on the outdoor control board.
Switch Function and details
Abnormality indication (Current abnormality)
SW803 This switch indicates the current abnormality.
Without an abnormality, the lights are off.
4

(See (2)-2)
3
2
ON

Abnormal indication (Latest abnormality: Latest abnormality including the current one)
SW803 After the abnormality status is released, this setting enables users to see the previous abnormalities.
(Previous abnormality can be checked even if the power is once turned off.)
4

* If there is an abnormality now, the abnormality details of the current one is displayed.
3
2

* This setting does not display a TO sensor failure.

ON

(Check for the failure with the setting for current abnormality.)
(See (2)-2)
Temperature sensor indication
TD TE TS These switches indicate the temperature sensor detecting value.
SW803 SW803 SW803 * TC=TWO+2 (heating, hot water supply)
TC=TWO (cooling)
4

4
3

(See (2)-3)
2

2
ON

ON

ON
1

TO TL TH
SW803 SW803 SW803
4

4
3

3
2

2
ON

ON

ON
1

TWI TC*
SW803 SW803
4

4
3

3
2

2
ON

ON
1

Current indication
SW803 This switch indicates the current value in the outdoor unit.
(See (2)-3)
4
3
2
ON

Compressor operation frequency indication

SW803 This switch indicates the compressor operation frequency.
(See (2)-3)
4
3
2
ON

PMV position indication

SW803 This switch indicates PMV (Pulse motor valve) position.
(See (2)-3)
4
3
2
ON

164
(2) -2. Abnormality indication
The current abnormality and the latest abnormality (including the current one) can be identified by the
LED D800 to D804 on the outdoor control board.
1) Setting all the SW803 dip switches to OFF indicates the current abnormality status.
2) Setting SW803 dip switch <1> only to ON indicates the previous abnormality (including the current
one).
3) An abnormality lights any of the LEDs from D800 to D804.(Indication 1)
4) Pressing the push-button switch SW800 for approx. 1 second switches indication.(Indication 2)
5) When SW800 is again pressed or 2 minutes has passed, the indication 1 status returns.

Current abnormality Latest abnormality Legend)

D800 (Yellow)
D801 (Yellow)
D802 (Yellow)
D803 (Yellow)
D804 (Yellow)
D805 (Green)
SW803 SW803
4

---- Off ---- Light ---- Blink

3

3
2

2
ON

ON
1

Indication 1 Indication 2 Remote controller

(Initial indication) (SW800 operation) Abnormality details Abnormality code
Normal ---
Discharge temperature sensor (TD) failure F04
Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE) failure F06
Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TL) failure F07, F06
Outside air temperature sensor (TO) failure F08
Suction temperature sensor (TS) failure F12, F06
Heat sink temperature sensor (TH) failure F13, L29
Heat exchanger, suction sensor (TE, TS) wrong wiring F15, F06
EEPROM failure F31, L29
Compressor break down H01
Compressor lock H02
Current detection circuit failure H03
Faulty compressor case thermostat H04, P04
Not set up the capacity L10, L29
Combination failure between the hydro unit L15
Communication failure between MCUs L29
Other abnormality (e.g. Compressor's loss of synchronism) No abnormality confirmation
Abnormal discharge temperature P03
High pressure SW system error P04
Power failure P05, H03, P04
Heat sink overheat failure P07, L29
Gas leakage detection P15, L29
4-way valve reverse failure P19, L29
Hi pressure protection operation P20, P04
Fan drive system failure P22
Compressor drive P26
Compressor rotor position failure P29

165
 (2)-3. Sensor, Current, Compressor operation frequency, PMV position indication
The values detected by controller, such as temperature sensor or current values, can be easily checked.

Legend)
D800 (Yellow)
D801 (Yellow)
D802 (Yellow)
D803 (Yellow)
D804 (Yellow)
D805 (Green) ---- Off ---- Light

Item setting Temperature sensor ( ) Current Compressor PMV position

(A) operation (pulse)
TD TE TS TO TL frequency
SW803 SW803 SW803 SW803 SW803 (r.p.s.)
4

4
3

3
SW803 SW803 SW803
2

2
ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

4
1

3
TH TA TC*

2
SW803 SW803 SW803

ON

ON

ON
1

1
4

*Refer to page 164

3

3
2

2
ON

ON

ON

LED indication
1

less than -25 0-0.9 0-4 0-19

-25 - -21 1-1.9 5-9 20-39
-20 - -16 2-2.9 10-14 40-59
-15 - -11 3-3.9 15-19 60-79
-10 - -6 4-4.9 20-24 80-99
-5 - -1 5-5.9 25-29 100-119
0-4 6-6.9 30-34 120-139
5-9 7-7.9 35-39 140-159
10-14 8-8.9 40-44 160-179
15-19 9-9.9 45-49 180-199
20-24 10-10.9 50-54 200-219
25-29 11-11.9 55-59 220-239
30-34 12-12.9 60-64 240-259
35-39 13-13.9 65-69 260-279
40-44 14-14.9 70-74 280-299
45-49 15-15.9 75-79 300-319
50-54 16-16.9 80-84 320-339
55-59 17-17.9 85-89 340-359
60-64 18-18.9 90-94 360-379
65-69 19-19.9 95-99 380-399
70-74 20-20.9 100-104 400-419
75-79 21-21.9 105-109 420-439
80-84 22-22.9 110-114 440-459
85-89 23-23.9 115-119 460-479
90-94 24-24.9 120-124 480-499
95-99 25-25.9 125-129 500
100-104 26-26.9 130-134 -
105-109 27-27.9 135-139 -
110-114 28-28.9 140-144 -
115-119 29-29.9 145-149 -
120 or higher 30-30.9 150-154 -
sensor failure, not connected 31 or higher 155 or higher -

* TD, TL, and TH show errors below the ordinary temperature because they are sensors for high temperature.
* Current value for the outdoor unit only is shown.

166
(3) Special operation for maintenance and inspection (SW801, SW804)
SW801 and SW804 can perform the following special operations for maintenance and inspection.
1) Switches the dip switch SW804. (See the table below)
2) Presses the push-button switch SW801 for approx. 1 second.
3) Starts the functions shown below. During the start processing of each function, LED D805 (Green) blinks.
4) When the push-button switch SW801 is pressed for approx. 1 second, or the dip switch SW804 is switched,
or the defined time for each function has passed, the each function stops and LED D805 (Green) returns
to continuous lit.

<Special operation>

SW804 Operation when press button switch SW801 is pressed

Refrigerant recovery operation
SW804
The outdoor unit operates cooling. The hydro unit may freeze with this operation alone. Remove beforehand the
4

water in the hydro unit. (See 10-16-1)

3
2
ON

Hydro unit cooling request

SW804
Performs a trial cooling operation. (See Note1)
4
3
2
ON

Hydro unit heating request

SW804
Performs a trial heating operation.(See Note1)
4
3
2
ON

Fan motor forcible operation

SW804
Forcibly performs a fan motor operation.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation

3

returns to the normal control.

2
ON

(No operation particularly)

SW804
4
3
2
ON

PMV full open operation Caution:

SW804 Although these
Fully opens PMV (Pulse motor valve).
controls are available
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation

3

returns to the normal control. during an operation,

2

basically perform
ON

them when no
PMV full close operation
SW804 operation is in
Fully closes PMV (Pulse motor valve).
progress.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation

Performing these
3

returns to the normal control.

2

controls during an
ON

operation may cause

PMV half open operation dangerously rapid
SW804
Half opens (250 pulses) PMV (Pulse motor valve). pressure change.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation

3

returns to the normal control.

2
ON

4-way valve relay operation (RY700, CN700 for check)

SW804
Sets 4-way valve energization relay (RY700) to ON.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation

3

returns to the normal control.

2
ON

Caution:
Do not connect the coil into the body when perform this
operation.

167
 SW804 Operation when press button switch SW801 is pressed
Self-holding valve vacuum operation (Switch to heating
SW804
cycle)
4

(RY700, RY701, RY705, CN701 for check)

3

Sets relay RY700, RY701, and RY705 to ON.

2
ON

(CN701 Between 1 to 4 Voltage = Approx. 325V)

1

This function operates for 10 seconds. After that it becomes HWS-805H-E

OFF. HWS-1105H-E
Self-holding valve release operation (Switch to cooling HWS-1405H-E only
SW804 Caution:
cycle)
Although these
4

Sets relay RY700 to ON.

3

(CN701 Between 1 to 4 Voltage = Approx. 325V) controls are available

2

during an operation,
ON

This function operates for 10 seconds. After that it becomes

1

OFF. basically perform

them when no
SV valve relay operation (RY702, CN702 for check)
SW804 operation is in
Sets SV valve relay (RY702) to ON.
progress.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation returns to the normal
Performing these
3

control.
2

controls during an
ON

* HWS-1105 and 1405H-E do not have the parts mounted, so this operation is
1

operation may cause

unavailable.
dangerously rapid
Heater output relay operation (RY703, CN703 for check) pressure change.
SW804
Sets relay for optional heater (RY703) to ON.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation returns to the normal
3

control.
2
ON

External output relay operation (RY704, CN704 for check)

SW804
Sets relay for external output (RY704) to ON.
4

When SW801 is pressed again or after 2 minutes, the operation returns to the normal
3

control.
2
ON

(No operation particularly)

SW804
4
3
2
ON

External output relay operation change

SW804
Note:
4

Do not use this setting.

3
2
ON

(Note 1) The forced test run with this setting cannot be cancelled by the remote controller in the hydro unit.
Be sure to cancel the operation from the outdoor unit. (Press again SW801 for 1 second)

168
11 Replacement of the service PC board
 Setting the jumper wires and DIP switches
Outdoor unit Service Parts (CDB)
HWS-805H-E 4316V562 (MCC-1571)
HWS-1105H-E,1405H-E 3026V053 (MCC-1571)
HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E 3026V055 (MCC-1599)

Parts name Function Setting

Jumper wire J800~J803 Model switching Cut these jumper wires according to the following table.
J804~J811 Settings Set these jumper wires to the settings of the PC board
before replacement.
DIP switch SW802 Settings Set SW802 to the setting of the PC board before
replacement.
SW803 LED indication switching Set SW803 to all OFF.
SW804 Special operations for Set SW804 to all OFF.
service
SW805 (Only H8series) Special operations for Set SW805 to all OFF
service

Model switching (J800 to J803)

Since this service PC board is available for several models, cut the jumper wires according to the following table.
If they are not cut correctly, an error code “L10” or “L29” appears on the remote controller and the operation is
disabled.

Model name J 800 J 801 J 802 J 803

Factory default
HWS-805H-E
HWS-1105H-E
HWS-1405H-E
HWS-1105H8*-E
HWS-1405H8*-E
HWS-1605H8*-E
* : Characters that indicate the following:
No character -- Standard models :Connected, :Cut
R ----- For with cord heater

<HWS-805H-E,1105H-E,1405H-E> <HWS-1105H8*-E,1405H8*-E,1605H8*-E>

SW804 MCC-1599
W804 SW805

W802 SW803
MCC-1571 J804-J806
J807-J811

SW803

J800-J803
SW802

J800-J803

169
12 How to exchange main parts
WARNING
<Turn off the power breaker>
Because the electrical components are energized with high voltage, always turn off the power breaker before
starting to work.
<Check>
Ensure that no water pressure is present when replacing the water circuit (circulation pump, heater unit, flow switch, etc).
After a repair is complete, perform a test run (after attaching the front panel, upper and lower cabinets, and side cabinet)
and check that no abnormality including smoke or abnormal noise occurs. Failure to do so may cause a fire or an electric
shock. Place the cabinets before making a test run.
<Watch out for fire>
Observe the following instructions when repairing the refrigerant cycle.
(1) Watch out for surrounding fire. Always put out the fire of stove burner or other devices before starting the repair.
Should the fire fail to be put out, the oil mixed with refrigerant gas could catch fire.
(2) Do not use a welder in a closed room.
A room with no ventilation may cause carbon monoxide poisoning.
(3) Keep away flammable materials.
The materials may catch the fire of a welder.

CAUTION
<Wear gloves>
Wear gloves (∗) when performing repair.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when accidentally contacting the parts.
∗: Thick gloves such as cotton work gloves

1. Hydro Unit
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
1 Common procedure
Wear gloves when performing the work.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when
accidentally contacting the parts.
Front panel
Front panel 1. How to remove
1) Stop the hydro unit operation, and turn off the power
breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 6 screws)
3) After unscrew the screws, remove the front panel by
pulling it toward you.
Electrical control box 4) Remove the electrical control box cover (lower).
cover (lower) (ST2T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
5) Disconnect the power source cable and outdoor unit
connecting cable from the terminal block. Electrical control
Electrical control box 6) Remove the electrical control box cover (upper). box cover (lower)
cover (upper) (ST2T Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)
7) Disconnect the remote controller connecting cable
from the CN41 connector of the water heat
exchange board.

2. How to attach Electrical control

1) Connect the remote controller connecting cable to box cover (upper)
the water heat exchange board.
2) Attach the electrical control box cover (upper).
3) Connect the power source cable and outdoor unit
connecting cable to the terminal block, and fix with
the cord clamp.
4) Attach the electrical control box cover (lower).
5) Attach the front panel.

170
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
2 Remote controller 1.How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Remove the remote controller from the holder using
a flat-blade screwdriver. (Release the stopper.)
Remote
controller holder
3) Disconnect the remote controller cable from the
terminal block on the back side of the remote
controller.

2.How to attach Remote

1) Attach it in the reverse order of the removal. controller

Remote controller cable

3 Water heat 1. How to remove

exchanger board 1) Perform the step 1-1.
MCC-1511 2) Disconnect the connectors and lead cables
connected to other parts from the water heat
exchanger board.
1. Connector
CN100: TB 01 3P Connector (5P: White)
CN101: Trans (3P: White)
CN102: Trans (6P: White)
CN200: Flow switch (3P: Red)
CN201: Pressure switch (2P: White)
CN202: Bimetal thermostat (3P: Yellow)
CN203: TC sensor (2P: Yellow)
CN204: TWI sensor (3P: Brown)
CN205: TWO sensor (2P: Red) Water heat
CN206: THO sensor (3P: White) exchanger board
CN207: Low pressure sensor (2P: Blue)
CN212: Low pressure sensor (4P: White)
CN213: TB 06 4P Terminal block (3P: White)
CN214: TB 06 4P Terminal block (2P: White)
CN305: TB 01 3P Terminal block (3P: Green)
CN500: PWM control line (6P: Blue)
CN501: Relay board (6P: Yellow)
CN601: Relay 05 (3P: Red)
CN602: TB 04 6P Terminal block (7P: White)
CN603: Pump (3P: Yellow)
CN604: Relay 06, TB 04 4P Terminal block (7P:
Blue)
CN605: Relay 01, Relay 02 (3P: Yellow)
CN606: Relay 03, Relay 04 (3P: Blue)
2. Round-shape terminal
100: Ground (ST2T Ø4 × 8, 1 wire)

NOTE
When removing the connector, release the safety lock of
the housing.

3) Release the 6 stoppers of the water heat exchanger

board to remove the board.

171
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
4 Relay board 1. How to remove
MCC-1431 1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Disconnect the connectors and lead cables
connected to other parts from the relay board.

1. Connector
CN01: TB 01 3P Terminal block (3P: White)
CN02: Water heat exchanger board (5P: White)
CN10: TB 05 9P Terminal block (9P: White)

NOTE
When removing the connector, release the safety lock of
the housing.

3) Release the 3 stoppers of the relay board to remove

the board.
Relay board

5 Electric parts 1. How to remove

assembly 1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Disconnect the connectors and lead cables
connected to other parts from the water heat
exchanger board.

1. Connector
CN200: Flow switch (3P: Red)
CN201: Pressure switch (2P: White)
CN202: Bimetal thermostat (3P: Yellow)
CN203: TC sensor (2P: Yellow)
CN204: TWI sensor (3P: Brown)
CN205: TWO sensor (2P: Red)
CN206 THO sensor (3P: White)
CN207: Low pressure sensor (2P: Blue)
CN212: Low pressure sensor (4P: White)
CN603: Pump (3P: Yellow)
Disconnect the heater power source cable (For
backup heater and hot water cylinder heater) from
the MgSW. Electric parts assembly

NOTE
When removing the connector, release the safety lock of
the housing.

3) Remove the fixed screws.

(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
4) Remove the electric parts assembly by pulling it
toward you while pulling it upward because the
assembly back side has a hook holding structure.

172
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
6 Side board 1. Side board (Right)
1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3). Side board (Right)
2) Remove the fixed screws of the side board (Right).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)
3) Remove the fixed screws of the side board (Right)
and the manometer fixing board. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2
screws)

2. Side board (Left)

1) Remove the fixed screws of the side board (Left).
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)

Side board (Left)

7 Upper board 1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3) and step 6.

2) Remove the fixed screws of the upper board. Upper
Upperboard
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 4 screws)

8 Bottom board 1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3) and step 6.

2) Remove the fixed screws of the bottom board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 10, 4 screws)
Removal is required if water and refrigerant piping
are connected.

Bottom board

173
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
9 Expansion vessel
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe Expansion vessel
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5, step 6-1

2) Remove the fixed band of the expansion vessel.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)
3) Remove the expansion vessel connection.

When installing the expansion vessel, please attach

the waterproof seal at the water connection. Expansion vessel
Fixed band
After the expansion vessel replacement repair,
open the water supply source valve and water
piping valve to pass water through the hydro unit,
and check that the expansion vessel connection has
no water leakage.

When installing the

expansion vessel, please
attach the waterproof seal
at the water connection.

10 Overpressure
preventive valve To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
Overpressure preventive valve
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe connecting hose
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5, step 6-1

2) Remove the quick fastener.
3) Remove the Overpressure preventive valve.

The Overpressure preventive valve connection Quick fastener

uses an O ring for water seal. Be careful not to
scratch the O ring; otherwise, water leakage may
occur.

After the Overpressure preventive valve

replacement repair, open the water supply source
valve and water piping valve to pass water through
the hydro unit, and check that the Overpressure
preventive valve connection has no water leakage. Overpressure
preventive valve

11 Air vent valve

To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe Air vent valve
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3), step 6-1.

2) Remove the air vent valve.

The Air vent valve connection uses an O ring for

water seal. Be careful not to scratch the O ring;
otherwise, water leakage may occur.

After the air vent valve replacement repair, open the

water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that
the air vent valve connection has no water leakage.

174
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
12 Pump
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water Pump
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe fixing
connected to the hydro unit. board

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3), step 6-1.
2) Remove the 2 nuts of the heater connection and the
lower side of the pump. (Water pipe wrench is
necessary.)
3) Remove the pump fixing board.
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)
4) Remove the nut of the upper part of the pump.

2. How to attach

The pump connection uses a liquid packing for

water seal. When replacing the pump, use a
packing which was slathered with the liquid gasket.

Part code Service parts Nut

Nut
37595721 Packing

1) Attach a new pump in the reverse order of the

removal.

After the pump replacement repair, open the water

supply source valve and water piping valve to pass
water through the hydro unit, and check that the
pump connection has no water leakage.

Pump Nut

175
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
13 Flow switch
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 5.
2) Remove the flow switch.

The flow switch connection uses an O ring for water

seal. Be careful not to scratch the O ring; otherwise,
water leakage may occur.

2. How to attach
1) Attach a new flow switch in the reverse order of the
removal.

NOTE
As shown on the right, Flow switch
place a flow sensor parallel to the water heat exchanger
inlet pipe so that the wire is place on the right side from
the front view.

After the flow switch replacement repair, open the

water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that Water heat inlet pipe
the flow switch connection has no water leakage.

Wire

Flow switch

14 Manometer
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 5 and 6.
2) Remove the manometer.

After the manometer replacement repair, open the

water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that
the manometer connection has no water leakage.

Manometer

176
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
15 Heater assembly
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove Nut

Nut
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5, 6, 7, and 11.
2) Remove the nut of the heater connection.
3) Remove the 2 fixed screws of the heater.
4) Pull the heater out upward.
5) Remove the insulator from the heater.

2. How to attach

The heater connection uses a liquid packing for

water seal. When replacing the heater, use a
packing which was slathered with the liquid gasket.
Heater
Part code Service parts assembly
37595721 Packing

1) Attach a new heater in the reverse order of the

removal.

After the heater assembly replacement repair, open

the water supply source valve and water piping
valve to pass water through the hydro unit, and
check that the heater connection has no water
leakage.

Insulator

Heater
Heater
assembly
assembly
16 TC sensor 1. How to remove
TWI sensor 1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 5.
TWO sensor 2) Take the sensor out.
THO sensor
TC sensor THO sensor
Sensor diameter: 6 Sensor diameter: 6
Tube color: Black Tube color: Gray

TWO sensor
Sensor diameter: 6
Tube color: Red

TWI sensor
Sensor diameter: 4
Tube color: Blue

177
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
17 Water heat
exchanger assembly • Close the water piping source valve and the valve
of water pipe connected to the hydro unit, and Water
then remove the refrigerant and water piping. piping fixing
• Perform refrigerant recovery with the outdoor
unit.
• Disconnect all the power source cable, outdoor
unit connection cable, and cylinder connection
cable.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5, 6, and 8.
2) Remove the water pipe fixing board.
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
Refrigerant
3) Remove the refrigerant piping fixing board. piping fixing
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 3 screws) board
4) Remove the nut of the heater connection.
5) Remove the fixed screws of the electrical control
box fixing board. Nut
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)
6) Remove the side reinforcing board (left).
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 6 screws) 3 for inside, 3 for outside
7) Remove the water heat exchanger fixing band.
(ST2T Ø4 × 8, 6 screws) Electrical
8) Remove the water heat exchanger assembly. control
box fixing

The heater connection uses a packing for water

seal. Be careful not to scratch the packing;
otherwise, water leakage may occur.
Side
2. How to attach reinforcing
board (left)
1) Attach a new water heat exchanger assembly in the
reverse order of the removal.
2) Restore all piping and wiring as in the original state,
and check that there is no water or refrigerant
leakage.

• After the water heat exchanger assembly

replacement repair, open the water supply source
valve and water piping source valve to pass
water through the hydro unit, and check that the
connection has no water leakage.
Water heat exchanger
• After connecting the refrigerant pipe, check that
fixing band
the connection has no refrigerant leakage.

The piping
structure slightly
differs in 14 kW and
8 kW specifications.

Water heat exchanger assembly

178
2. Outdoor Unit
2-1. HWS-805H-E
Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
1 Common procedure
NOTE Front panel
Wear gloves when performing the work.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when accidentally
contacting the parts.

1. How to remove
1) Stop the operation by remote controller and turn
off the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
• After unscrewing the screws, remove the front
panel while pulling it downward.
3) Disconnect the power source cable and Top board
connecting cables between hydro and outdoor
from the cord plank and terminals.
4) Remove the top board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)

2. How to attach

1) Attach the top board.

(Hex Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)
At this time, insert the back side fin guard between
the top board and the water heat exchanger (back
side).
2) Connect the power source cable and connecting
cables between hydro and outdoor to the terminal,
and fix them with the cord clamp. Insert the back side fin guard
between the top board and the
heat exchanger (back side).
NOTE
The power source cable and connecting cable between
hydro and outdoor units must be fixed along the
connecting piping by using a cable tie so that the
cables do not contact the compressor, gas side valve,
gas side piping and outlet pipe.

3) Attach the front panel.

(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)

179
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
2 Outlet cabinet How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1. Water heat exchanger Outlet cabinet
2) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and Motor base Paring board
parting board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 3 screws)
3) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
4) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and
motor base.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
5) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and water
heat exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 screw)
6) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and fin
guard.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)

Fin guard

3 Side cabinet 1) Perform the step 1-1.

2) Remove the screws that fixes the inverter Inverter assembly Side cabinet
assembly and the side cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
3) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and valve
fixing board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
4) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and piping
panel (back).
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
5) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and bottom
board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 1 screw)
6) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and water
heat exchanger.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 3 screws)
7) Remove the side cabinet while shifting it upward.
(Inverter hook)
Valve fixing board

Piping panel (back)

180
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
4 Electric parts 1. Control board
replacement 1) Perform the step 1-1. Control board Reactor lead Compressor
lead
Compressor Fan motor
case
thermostat
WARNING
For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not
disassemble the inverter to prevent an electric
shock.
High pressure
Earth wire
switch
2) Remove the connector connected to the control Temperature
board. sensor
(Hydro power source, temperature sensor, electric
control valve coil, 4-way valve coil, compressor Reactor
lead
case thermostat, fan motor, high pressure switch)
* Remove the connector by releasing the lock in the
housing.
3) Remove the lead cable connected to the control 4-way valve coil
board. (Torque at tightening is 1.47 ±0.1N•m)
Electric control valve coil Hydro power source
Compressor lead U: CN200 Red
V: CN201 White Screw for fixing board
W: CN202 Black Screw for fixing element (7 screws)
Remove the power source cable from the power
source terminal block.
(Torque at tightening is 2.5 ±0.1N•m)
4) Remove the earth wire of the control board.
(Truss B tight screw Ø4 × 6, 1 screw)
5) Remove the fixed screws of the control board.
(Collar screw for fixing element Ø3 × 16, 7 screws,
Pan S-tight screw for fixing the board Ø3 × 20, 1
screw)
6) Remove the control board.
(Supporter 5 positions)
Power source terminal block
NOTE
Removing the control board may be difficult due to the
heat release grease for the heat sink.

7) Attach a new control board.

NOTE Control board Aluminum board (Q201)

• Be careful for not taking the compressor lead V: Insulating sheet (Q300)
CN201 White for the reactor lead CN05 or 06
White.
(The compressor lead has a transparent sleeve at
its ring terminal. The reactor lead ring terminal does
not have sleeve.)
• Be sure to attach the aluminium board (Q201) and
the insulating sheet (Q300).
(Applying beforehand a bit of heat release grease Heat release grease
to the back side of the insulating sheet can easily
paste the sheet to the heat sink.)

181
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
4 Electric parts 2. Reactor
replacement 1) Perform the step 1-1. Relay connector
2) Remove the relay connector connected to the
control board.

3) Cut the binding tie that binds the compressor leads

and relay connectors.

4) Remove the reactor.

(Truss B tight screw Ø4 × 6, 2 screws)

5) Attach a new reactor.

NOTE
Control board
Be sure to bind the removed binding tie by using the
commercially available binding tie.
Make sure that the fan motor lead and the reactor body Reactor body
do not contact each other.

Fan motor lead

Binding tie
(Compressor lead, Relay connector)

182
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
5 Fan motor 1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 2.
Propeller fan Turn it right to loosen
2) Remove the fan motor and the flange nut that fixes
the propeller fan.
• To loosen the flange nut, turn it clockwise.
(Turn it counter clockwise for tightening.)

3) Remove the propeller fan.

4) Remove the connector for fan motor from the

inverter. (control board)

5) Remove the fan motor lead from the fan motor

lead fixing rubber on the through hole of the Flange nut
parting board. Propeller fan

6) Remove the fixed screws (4 for each) while

holding the fan motor so that it does not drop.

* Notes in assembling fan motor

• Tighten the flange nut in 4.95 N•m (50 kgf•cm)
• To prevent the fan motor lead from contacting
the propeller fan, adjust the length of fan motor
lead fixing rubber so that it does not slack.
Attach the fan motor lead fixing rubber to the
parting board so that the projection part is Fan motor
placed on the refrigerant cycle side.
• Make sure that the reactor body and the fan Fan motor connector
motor lead do not contact each other.
• Be sure to bind the removed binding tie by
using the commercially available binding tie.

NOTE
Fix the fan motor lead to the motor base using a metal
tie so that the fan motor lead does not contact the
propeller fan.

Inverter

Fan motor
fixing rubber

Projection / Refrigerant
cycle side
Fan motor

183
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 1. Remove defective compressor
Compressor lead 1) Perform refrigerant gas recovery. Piping panel (Back)

2) Perform the step 1-1 and step 2 and 3.

3) Remove the piping panel (Front).

Remove screws of the piping panel (Front) and
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws) Piping panel (Front)
Remove screws of the piping panel (Front and Binding tie for
Back). heat resistance Pipe cover
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 1 screw)
TD sensor
4) Remove the piping panel (Back).
Remove screws of the piping panel (Back) and
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
5) Remove the valve fixing board. Compressor lead
Remove the bolt of the valve.
(Hex head bolt Ø6 × 15, 4 bolts)
Remove the screws of the valve fixing board and
parting board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 screw) Compressor case
Remove the screws of the valve fixing board and thermostat
accumulator.
TS sensor Pipe cover, Binding tie
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 screw)
Cut the binding tie of the discharge pipe and
suction pipe to remove each sensor and the pulse
motor valve coil lead.

6) Remove the soundproofing board. (Upper, Inward Outlet pipe

Suction pipe
winding, Outward winding)

7) Remove the compressor terminal cover, and then Accumulator

remove the compressor lead and compressor
case thermostat.
Black

White Red
Pipe cover, Binding tie
8) Remove the TD sensor fixed to the discharge pipe. Sensors (TL, TO, TE, TS)
Motorized control valve coil lead
9) Remove the compressor lead. (Leave the ferrite Black pipe cover for heat resistance,
core attached to the electrical control box.) Binding tie for heat resistance
Control board U: CN200 Red Sensors (TL, TO, TE, TD, TS)
Motorized control valve coil lead
V: CN201 White
W: CN202 Black
(Torque at tightening is 1.47
±0.1N•m)

Control board

Compressor lead
Compressor lead

Ferrite core

184
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 10) Remove the discharge and suction pipes
Compressor lead connected to the compressor by using a burner. Remove Remove
(Outlet pipe) (Suction pipe)

WARNING
When removing the piping by burning the solder, take
enough care for a fire going off at the moment the wax
melts if oil remains inside the piping.

NOTE
Do not make fire flame contact with the 4-way valve
and pulse motor valve.
(This may cause an operation failure.) Compressor bolt
(3 bolts)

11) Pull out the discharge and suction pipes of the

refrigerant cycle upward.
12) Remove the compressor bolts that fix the
compressor to the bottom board. (3 bolts)
13) Pull the compressor out toward you.

NOTE
The compressor weighs 15 kg or more.
Two people should be required to handle it.

185
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 2. Attach the compressor
Compressor lead 1) Attach the compressor in the reverse order of the Compressor Wind ferrite core with
removal. lead compressor lead for 4 times.

NOTE
• Be sure to replace the compressor lead after the
compressor replacement. (Compressor lead spare Ferrite core
parts code: 43160591)
At this time, wind the ferrite core with the
compressor lead for 4 times.
Bind the compressor lead that is long with a
commercially available binding tie. When doing
this, be careful for the compressor lead not to
contact the discharge pipe. 0 to 50 Bind the lead at 2 positions
(Compressor lead with a commercially
• Fix the removed sensors and pulse motor valve coil
positioning standard) available binding tie
lead to the outlet and suction pipes through the
piping cover by using a binding tie. At this time, be Place soundproofing board (Outward winding)
careful for the sensors and pulse motor valve coil through between suction pipe and accumulator
lead not to contact the discharge pipe. Suction pipe
(To fix the sensors and leads, use the black piping
cover for heat resistance and a commercially
available binding tie for heat resistance.)
• Attach the soundproofing board (Inward winding, Accumulator
Outward winding), as shown in the right figure,
through between the compressor and between the
piping and parting board. Header pipe
• Place the compressor lead and the compressor
case thermostat so that they fall into between the
inward winding and outward winding of the
soundproofing board.

Place soundproofing
Piping cover, Binding tie, TS sensor board (Inward winding) Overlap soundproofing
through between suction board (Outward winding)
pipe and header pipe at this position
Outlet pipe
Soundproofing
board (Upper)
Black piping cover
for heat resistance,
and Binding tie for
heat resistance Sensors
(TL, TO, TE, TD, TS) Soundproofing board
Pulse motor valve coil lead (Outward winding)
Do not make gap between soundproofing
boards (Upper and Outward winding)
Keep sensors away
for not contacting outlet pipe

Suction pipe Pulse motor valve coil lead

Piping cover, Binding tie
Sensors (TL, TO, TE, TS)
Pulse motor valve coil lead

186
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 3. Vacuuming
Compressor lead 1) Connect the vacuum pump to the charge port of
the gas piping valve to operate the vacuum pump.
2) Perform vacuuming until the vacuum low pressure
gauge shows 1(mmHg).

NOTE
Open fully the pulse motor valve before vacuuming.
With the valve closed, vacuuming between the outdoor
unit liquid valve and the pulse motor valve may fail.

SW804 SW801
How to make pulse motor valve forcible full open
• Turn on the electric leakage breaker.
• Set the SW804 dip switch 1 and 3 on the outdoor
unit control board to ON.
• Press SW801 on the outdoor unit control board
for 1 second or longer.
• After pressing SW801 for 1 second or longer,
turn off the electric leakage beaker within 2
minutes.

4. Charge refrigerant
1) Add refrigerant whose amount is defined
according to the piping length from the valve
charge port. (HWS-805H-E : 1.8 kg)
7 Pulse motor valve coil 1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 3. Pulse motor valve coil
2) Remove the coil from the pulse motor valve body
while pulling the coil upward to release the spring
holding the copper pipe.

2. How to attach
1) Fix the spring to the copper pipe.

Spring Pulse motor

valve body

187
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
8 Fan guard 1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 2. PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer

NOTE Bellmouth Outlet cabinet

Perform a replacement work on cardboard or cloth to
prevent the product from being damaged.

2) Remove the outlet cabinet and put with the fan

guard side down.
3) Remove the screw for the bell mouth and fan
guard.
(PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer, 4 pcs.)
4) Release the hooks (8 positions) of the fan guard.

Fan guard Hooks

2. How to attach
1) Press the hooks (8 positions) with hands from the
front side to fix them.
2) Attach the bell mouth fixed with screws and
washers.
(PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer, 4 pcs.)

NOTE
Check that all the hooks are fixed to the given
positions.

188
2-2. HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E
Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
1 Common procedure
NOTE Front panel
Wear gloves when performing the work.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when accidentally
contacting the parts.

1. How to remove
1) Stop the operation by remote controller and turn
off the breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
• After unscrewing the screws, remove the front
panel while pulling it downward.
3) Disconnect the power source cable and
connecting cables between hydro and outdoor
from the cord clamp and terminals.
4) Remove the top board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)

2. How to attach

1) Attach the top board.

(Hex Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)
2) Connect the power source cable and connecting
cables between hydro and outdoor to the terminal,
and fix them with the cord clamp.

NOTE
The power source cable and connecting cable between
hydro and outdoor units must be fixed along the
connecting piping by using a cable tie so that the
cables do not contact the compressor, gas side valve,
gas side piping and outlet pipe.
Top board
3) Attach the front panel.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)

189
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
2 Outlet cabinet How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1. Heat exchanger Outlet cabinet
2) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and Motor base Paring board
parting board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)
3) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
4) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and
motor base.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
5) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and heat
exchanger.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 screws)
6) Remove the screws of the outlet cabinet and fin
guard.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
Fin guard

3 Side cabinet 1) Perform the step 1-1.

2) Remove the screws that fixes the inverter Inverter assembly Side cabinet
assembly and the side cabinet.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
3) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and valve
fixing board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
4) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and piping
panel (back).
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
5) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and bottom
board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 1 screws)
6) Remove the screws of the side cabinet and fin
guard (heat exchanger).
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 5 screws)
7) Remove the side cabinet while shifting it upward
(inverter hook).

Valve fixing board

190
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
4 Electric parts 1. Control board
replacement 1) Perform the step 1-1. Control board Fan motor (upper)
Compressor
case Reactor lead
WARNING thermostat

For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not

disassemble the inverter to prevent an electric shock.

2) Remove the connector connected to the control Compressor lead

(Hydro power source, temperature sensor, electric High pressure switch
control valve coil, 4-way valve coil, compressor Earth wire
Fan motor (lower)
case thermostat, fan motor, high pressure switch)
* Remove the connector by releasing the lock in the Temperature
housing. sensor

3) Remove the lead cable connected to the control

board.
Compressor lead U: CN200 Red 4-way valve coil
V: CN201 White
W: CN202 Black Motorized control coil Hydro power source
Reactor lead CN05 White Screw for fixing Screw for fixing element
CN06 White Relay connector board (9 positions)

4) Remove the earth wire of the control board.

(Truss B tight screw Ø4 × 6, 1 screw)

5) Remove the fixed screws of the control board.

(Collar screw for fixing element Ø3 × 16, 9 screws,
Pan S-tight screw for fixing the board Ø3 × 20, 1
screw)

6) Remove the control board.

(Supporter 5 positions)
Note) Removing the control board may be difficult Insulating Hear release
due to the heat release grease for the heat Control board sheet grease
sink.

7) Attach a new control board.

NOTE
• Be careful for not taking the compressor lead V:
CN201 White for the reactor lead CN05 or 06
White.
(The compressor lead has a transparent sleeve at
its ring terminal. The reactor lead ring terminal does
not have sleeve.)
• Be sure to attach the insulating sheet.
(Applying beforehand a bit of heat release grease
to the back side of the insulating sheet can easily
paste the sheet to the heat sink.)

191
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
4 Electric parts 2. Reactor
replacement 1) Perform the step 1-1. Binding tie
(Compressor lead,
2) Remove the reactor lead connected to the control Reactor lead) Reactor lead
board.
CN05 White, CN06 White Control board

3) Cut the binding tie that binds the compressor leads

and fan motor leads.

4) Remove the reactor.

(Truss B tight screw Ø4 × 6, 2 screw)

5) Attach a new reactor.

NOTE
Be sure to bind the removed binding tie by using the
commercially available binding tie.
Make sure that the fan motor lead and the reactor body
do not contact each other.

Reactor lead

Binding tie Reactor body

(Compressor lead,
Reactor lead)

Binding tie
(Fan motor lead,
Reactor lead) Fan motor lead

192
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
5 Fan motor 1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 2.
Propeller fan Turn it right
2) Remove the fan motor and the flange nut that fixes to loosen
the propeller fan.
• To loosen the flange nut, turn it clockwise.
(Turn it counter clockwise for tightening.)

3) Remove the propeller fan.

4) Remove the connector for fan motor from the Flange nut
inverter. (control board)
(Remove the ferrite core of the lower fan motor to Propeller fan
use it again for a new fan motor.)

5) Remove the fan motor lead from the fan motor

lead fixing rubber on the through hole of the
parting board.

6) Remove the fixed screws (4 for each) while

holding the fan motor so that it does not drop.
Fan motor
* Notes in assembling fan motor
Fan motor
• Tighten the flange nut in 4.95 N•m (50 kgf•cm).
connector (upper)
• To prevent the fan motor lead from contacting
the propeller fan, adjust the length of fan motor
lead fixing rubber so that it does not slack.
Attach the fan motor lead fixing rubber to the
parting board so that the projection part is
Fan motor
placed on the refrigerant cycle side. connector (lower)
• Make sure that the reactor body and the fan
motor lead do not contact each other.
• Be sure to bind the removed binding tie by
using the commercially available binding tie.
• Be sure to re-attach the ferrite core of the
Fan motor ferrite
lower fan motor. (Fix this with a commercially core (lower)
available binding tie.)
Fan motor lead
fixing rubber
NOTE
Fix the fan motor lead to the motor base using a metal
tie so that the fan motor lead does not contact the
propeller fan.
Projection / Refrigerant
cycle side

Fan motor lead

fixing rubber

Projection / Refrigerant
cycle side

Fan motor

193
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 1. Remove defective compressor
Compressor lead 1) Perform refrigerant gas recovery. Piping panel (Front)
2) Perform the step 1-1 and step 3.
3) Remove the piping panel (Front).
Remove screws of the piping panel (Front) and
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws)
Remove screws of the piping panel (Front and Piping panel (Back)
Back). Piping cover TD sensor
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 1 screws)
4) Remove the piping panel (Back). Binding tie
Remove screws of the piping panel (Back) and (for heat resistance)
bottom board.
(Hex Ø4 × 10, 2 screws) Compressor lead
5) Remove the soundproofing board. (Upper, Inward
winding, Outward winding)
6) Remove the compressor terminal cover, and then
remove the compressor lead and compressor
case thermostat. Compressor case thermostat
7) Remove the TD sensor fixed to the discharge Control board
piping.
8) Remove the compressor lead. (Leave the ferrite
core attached to the electrical control box.)
Control board U: CN200 Red
V: CN201 White
W: CN202 Black
9) Remove the outlet and suction pipes connected to Compressor lead
the compressor by using a burner.

Compressor lead

WARNING
When removing the piping by burning the solder, take
enough care for a fire going off at the moment the wax
melts if oil remains inside the piping.

NOTE
Do not make fire flame contact with the 4-way valve Ferrite core
and pulse motor valve.
(This may cause an operation failure.)
Remove
(Outlet pipe)
10) Pull out the discharge and suction pipes of the
refrigerant cycle upward.
11) Remove the compressor nuts that fix the
compressor to the bottom board. (3 nuts)
12)Pull the compressor out toward you. Remove
(Suction pipe)
NOTE
The compressor weighs 20 kg or more.
Two people should be required to handle it.
450

Compressor nut
(3 nuts)

194
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
6 Compressor 2. Attach the compressor
Compressor lead 1) Attach the compressor in the reverse order of the Wind ferrite core with
removal. compressor lead
Compressor lead for 4 times
NOTE
• Be sure to replace the compressor lead after the
compressor replacement. (Compressor lead spare
parts code: 43160591)
At this time, wind the ferrite core with the
compressor lead for 4 times.
• Attach the soundproofing board (Inward winding,
Outward winding), as shown in the right figure, Ferrite core
through between the compressor and between the
piping and parting board. 0 to 50
• Fix the TD sensor with a commercially available (Compressor lead positioning standard)
heat resistant binding tie through the piping cover
Place soundproofing board (Outward winding)
so that the sensor do not contact the discharge
through between suction pipe and header pipe
pipe.
Overlap soundproofing board
(Outward winding) at this position Header pipe

3) Vacuuming
1) Connect the vacuum pump to the charge port and
check joint of the gas piping valve to operate the
vacuum pump.
2) Perform vacuuming until the vacuum low pressure
gauge shows 1(mmHg).

NOTE Suction pipe Discharge pipe

Open fully the pulse motor valve before vacuuming.
With the valve closed, vacuuming between the outdoor Overlap soundproofing board (Inward winding)
unit liquid valve and the pulse motor valve may fail. at this position through between compressor,
outlet pipe, and suction pipe
Do not make space between soundproofing boards
How to make pulse motor valve forcible full open (Upper and Outward winding)
• Turn on the electric leakage breaker. Soundproofing
• Set the SW804 dip switch 1 and 3 on the outdoor board (Upper)
unit control board to ON.
• Press SW801 on the outdoor unit control board Rivet
for 1 second or longer.
• After pressing SW801 for 1 second or longer,
turn off the electric leakage breaker within
2 minutes.

4. Charge refrigerant
1) Add refrigerant whose amount is defined
according to the piping length from the valve Make the other end of the
charge port. (HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E : 2.7 kg) line go through under the rivet
Soundproofing board
(Outward winding)

SW804 SW801

195
 Exchange parts
No. Work procedure Remarks
name
7 Pulse motor valve coil 1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1. Recess Pulse motor valve body
2) Remove the coil from the pulse motor valve body
by pulling upward while rotating the coil.

2. How to attach
1) Fix the coil by exactly adjusting the coil positioning
projection to the recess of the pulse motor valve
body.

Positioning Motorized
projection control valve coil

8 Fan guard 1. How to remove

PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer
1) Perform the step 1-1 and step 2.
Fan guard Bellmouth Outlet cabinet
NOTE
Perform a replacement work on cardboard or cloth to
prevent the product from being damaged.

2) Remove the outlet cabinet and put with the fan

guard side down.
3) Remove the screw for the bell mouth and fan
guard.
(PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer, 4 pcs.)

4) Release the hooks (8 positions) of the fan guard. Hooks

2. How to attach
1) Press the hooks (8 positions) with hands from the
front side to fix them.
2) Attach the bell mouth fixed with screws and
washers.
(PT2P Ø3 x 14 and washer, 4 pcs.)

NOTE
Check that all the hooks are fixed to the given
positions.

196
2-3. HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
1 Common procedure
WARNING
Stop operation of the air to water and turn off breaker
switch.

CAUTION
Ensure wearing of gloves when performing any work in
order to avoid injury from parts, etc.

1. Detachment
1) Remove the service panel.
(Hexagonal screws Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
• Remove the screws and then pull service panel Service panel
downward to remove.
2) Remove the power supply cable and the system
interconnection wire from the cord clamp and the
terminal.
3) Remove the top plate.
(Hexagonal screws Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Attach the top plate. Top plate
(Hexagonal screws Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)
2) Connect the power supply cable and the system
interconnection wire to the terminal and then fix
with the cord clamp.

CAUTION
The power supply cable and the system
interconnection wire must be affixed along the
crossover pipe using a commercially available
bundling band so that they do not make contact with
the compressor, gas valve, gas pipe and discharge
pipe.

3) Attach the front panel.

(Hexagonal screws Ø4 ×10, 2 pcs.)

197
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
2 Discharge port 1. Detachment
cabinet 1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1) above. Heat exchanger Motor base
2) Remove the screws fixing the inverter assembly,
the discharge port cabinet and the partition board.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 4 pcs.)
3) Remove the screws for the discharge port cabinet
and the bottom plate.
(Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove screw for the discharge port cabinet and
heat exchanger. (ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 pc.)
5) Remove screw for the discharge port cabinet and
the motor base. (ST1T Ø4 × 8, 2 pcs.)
6) Remove screws for the discharge port cabinet and
the fin guard.
(Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Attach the discharge port cabinet and end board of
heat exchanger and fix with a screw.
(ST1T Ø4 × 8, 1 pc.)
2) Mount other removed screws into original
positions. Discharge
port cabinet

Fin guard Bottom plate

198
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
3 Side cabinet 1. Detachment
1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1) above. Discharge port cabinet Side cabinet
2) Remove the screws fixing the inverter assembly Inverter ass’y
and the side cabinet. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)
3) Remove the screws for the side cabinet and the
valve fixing plate. (ST1T Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
4) Remove screw for the side cabinet and piping
panel (rear). (Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove screw for the side cabinet and the bottom
plate. (Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 1 pc.)
6) Remove screws for the side cabinet, heat
exchanger and the fin guard.
(Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 5 pcs.)

2. Attachment
1) Temporarily suspend the side cabinet on the
inverter assembly using the hook.
2) Mount the removed screws in the opposite
procedure to that during detachment.

Valve fixing plate

Hook

Inverter ass’y

Valve fixing plate

199
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
4 Inverter assembly 1. Detachment
1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1), 1. of 3) above.
2) Remove the connectors connected to the Fan
IPDU board, the connector connected to other
components from the control board
(Interface board). Cut the
banding band
CN600 : TS sensor (3P: White, tube: Gray)
CN601 : TE sensor (2P: White, tube: Blue)
CN602 : TO sensor (2P: Yellow, tube: Black) Fan-IPDU board
CN603 : TD sensor (3P: White, tube: Red) Remove the fan motor lead wire
CN604 : TL sensor (2P: White, tube: White) from the cord clamp.
CN609 : Case thermo. (2P: Blue)
CN690 : High pressure switch (3P: Green)
CN700 : 4-way coil (3P: Yellow)
Discharge port
CN710 : PMV coil (6P: White) cabinet Interface board
• Fan IPDU board
CN700 : Outdoors lower fan motor (3P: Blue) Cut the
CN750 : Outdoors upper fan motor (3P: White) banding band
Cut the banding band and remove connector
connected from fan motor to fan motor relay board.
Remove the fan motor lead wire
* Remove connectors after unlocking housing from the cord clamp.
section.
3) Remove the screw (1 position) fixing the discharge
port cabinet.
4) Cut bundling band fixing various lead lines to
inverter assembly.
5) Remove sound-insulation plate (upper).
6) Remove terminal cover of compressor and
remove compressor lead.
7) Pull up the inverter assembly at upper side to Sound-insulation plate
remove hook of partition plate (rear left part). (upper)

2. Attachment
1) Mount the inverter assembly on the partition plate.

CAUTION
When mounting the inverter assembly on the
partitioning plate, ensure proper mounting of the hook
Sound-insulation plate
(rear left part) with partitioning plate. (rolling out)

2) Mount the individual components in the opposite

procedure to that during detachment.

Inverter
assembly
Partition plate

Compressor lead
Case thermostat Hook

Inverter
assembly

200
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
5 Interface board 1. Detachment
(Control board) 1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1), 1. of 3) above.
MCC-1599 2) Remove lead wires and connectors to other
components from the interface board
(control board).
CN01 : Hydro/Outdoor connection terminal
(5P: White)
CN02 : Power relay (3P: Red)
CN600 : TS sensor (3P: White, tube: Gray)
CN601 : TE sensor (2P: Green, tube: Blue)
CN602 : TO sensor (2P: Yellow, tube: Black)
CN603 : TD sensor (3P: White, tube: Red)
CN604 : TL sensor (2P: White, tube: White)
CN608 : Connection with noise filter board
(2P: White)
CN609: Case thermo. (2P :Blue)
CN690 : High pressure switch (3P: Green)
CN700 : 4-way coil (3P: Yellow)
CN708 : Magnet switch (3P: Blue)
CN710 : PMV coil (6P: White)
CN802 : Connection with Fan IPDU board
Interface board
(5P: white) (Control board)

* Remove connectors after unlocking housing

section

3) Remove the claws of the supports (4 positions)

fixing the board and remove the interface board
(Control board).

2. Attachment
1) Mount the interface board (Control board).
2) Mount the individual components in the opposite
procedure to that during detachment.

Support (4 positions)

Statue of control board when removed

201
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
6 Fan-IPDU board 1. Detachment
MCC-1597 1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1), 1. of 3) above. FAN-IPDU board
2) Remove lead wires and connectors to other
components from the Fan-IPDU board.
CN500 : Connection between reactor and noise
filter board (7P, Red)
CN502 : Compressor IPDU board (3P, White)
CN504 : Interface board (5P, Blue)
CN505 : Compressor IPDU board (5P, Red)
CN602 : Noise filter board (2P, Black)
CN700 : Outdoors lower fan motor (3P, Blue)
CN750 : Outdoors upper fan motor (3P, White)

* Connectors should be removed after unlocking the

housing section.

3) Remove screw fixing the earth wire.

4) Remove the claw of the support (4 positions) fixing
the board and the screw (5 positions) fixing the
heat sink and then remove the Fan-IPDU board.

2. Attachment Screw
1) Mount Fan-IPDU board
2) Mount components in the opposite method to that Earth wire
when removing. Support
(2 positions)

Screw

Support
(2 positions) Heat sink

State of Fan-IPDU board when removed

202
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
7 Noise filter board 1. Detachment
MCC-1600 1) Perform the operation in 1. of 1),1. of 4), 1.-2 of 5) Fan-IPDU board
and 1.-2 of 6).
2) Remove the screws (3 positions) fixing the inverter
assembly (front). Then slide the inverter assembly
(front) upwardly and remove.
3) Remove the lead wires connector to other
components from the noise filter board.
CN05: Power supply terminal block (red)
CN06: Power supply terminal block (White)
CN07: Power supply terminal block (Black)
CN08: Power supply terminal block (Gray)
CN09: Connection to earth (Brown)
CN10: Posister (Red)
CN16: Relay (Red)
CN17: Compressor IPDU board (White)
CN18: Relay (Black)
CN19: Relay (Gray)
CN20: Power supply terminal block (White)
CN23: Fan-IPDU board (5P, Red) Interface board
CN50: Interface board (2P, White)
CN51: Fan-IPDU board (2P, Back)

* Connectors should be removed after unlocking the

housing section.

4) Remove the claw of the support (2 positions) and

the screw (2 positions) fixing the base and then
remove the noise filter base.

2. Attachment
1) Mount noise filter board.
2) Mount components in the opposite method to that
when removing.

Inverter assembly (front)

Support
(2 positions)

Support
(2 positions)

Noise filter board

Using

Using the hook, State of noise

noize
it is possible to temporarily suspend
the inverter assembly (front). filter board
when removed

203
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
8 Compressor IPDU 1. Detachment
board MCC-1596 1) Carry out the operation in 1. of 1), 1. of 4), 1. of 5),
1. of 6) and 1. of 7).
2) Remove the screw (4 positions) fixing the inverter
assembly (IPDU).
3) Remove the lead wire and connector to other
components from the compressor IPDU board.
CN04 : Posister (Red)
CN09 : Power supply terminal block (Yellow)
CN10 : Power supply terminal block (Yellow)
CN11 : Relay (Red)
CN12 : Noise filter board (White)
CN13 : Relay (Black)
CN101 : FAN-IPDU board (3P, White)
CN211 : Compressor (Red)
CN212 : Compressor (White)
CN213 : Compressor (Black)
CN851 : FAN-IPDU board (5P, Red)

* Connectors should be removed after unlocking the

housing section.

4) Slide and remove the inverter assembly (IPDU).

5) Remove the screws (4 positions) fixing the heat
sink and the screws (3 positions) fixing the
compressor IPDU board and then remove the
compressor IPDU board.

2. Attachment
1) Mount compressor IPDU board.
2) Mount components in the opposite method to that Inverter assembly (front)
when removing. Screws (4 positions)

Compressor
IPDU board

Screws (3 positions)

State of compressor IPDU board

when removed

204
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
9 Fan motor 1. Detachment
1) Carry out works of item 1 of 1) and work of 2). Propeller fan
2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan motor and the
propeller fan.
• The flange nut is loosened by turning it clockwise. Loosened by
(When tightening it, turn it counterclockwise.) turning clockwise
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Remove the connector for the fan motor from the
inverter.
(Remove the ferrite core of the lower fan motor
because it is used.)
5) Remove the fan motor lead from the fan motor
lead fixed rubber of the penetrated part of the
Flange nut
partition board.
6) Remove the fixing screws (4 pieces each) while
supporting the fan motor so that it does not fall
down.
* Cautions for assembling of fan motor
Propeller fan
• Tighten the flange nut with 4.95N•m (50 kgf•cm).
• Adjust length of the fan motor lead wire at the fan
motor lead fixed rubber so that the fan motor lead is
not slackened; otherwise the fan motor lead may Fan motor
come to contact with the propeller fan.
Attach the fan motor lead fixed rubber to the
partition board so that the projection is set at the
refrigerating cycle side.
• Be sure so that the rector body does not contact
with the fan motor lead.
• Be sure to bundle the removed bundling band with
the bundling band on the market.
• Necessarily attach the ferrite core of the lower fan
motor again. (Fix it with bundling band on the
Connector of
market.) upper fan motor
Projection / Refrigerating
REQUIREMENT cycle side

Be sure to fix the fan motor lead to the motor base

using the metal band of the motor base so that the fan
motor lead does not come to contact with the propeller
fan.

Fan motor lead

fixed rubber
Ferrite core

Ferrite core

Connector of
lower fan motor
Fan motor

Fan motor lead

fixed rubber

Projection
Projection/Refrigerating
/ Refrigerating
cycle side

205
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
10 Compressor 1. Removal of defective compressor
Compressor lead 1) Recover the refrigerant gas. Piping panel (Front)
2) Carry out work of item 1 of 1), 1 of 3) and 1 of 7).
3) Remove the piping panel (Front).
Remove the piping panel (Front) and screws of the
bottom plate. (Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
Remove screw of the piping panel (Front) and the
piping panel (Rear). (Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 1
pc.) Piping panel (Rear)
4) Remove the piping panel (Rear).
Remove the piping panel (Rear) and screws of the
Pipe cover
bottom plate. (Hexagonal screw Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)
5) Remove the sound-insulation plate.
Bundling band
(Upper, rolling in, rolling out) (For thermal proof)
6) Remove the terminal cover of the compressor and
then remove the compressor lead and the
compressor case thermo. TD sensor
7) Remove TD sensor which is fixed to the discharge
pipe.
8) Remove the compressor lead.
Control PC board U: CN211 Red
V: CN212 White
W: CN213 Black
9) Remove ferrite core from compressor lead.
10) Using a burner, remove the discharge pipe and
the suction pipe which are connected to the
compressor. Compressor lead

WARNING
In case of removing the piping by broiling the welded
part with a burner, if there is oil in the pipe, it may burst
into flames at the moment that wax melted, so take
sufficient care.

CAUTION Ferrite core

Note so that the flame does not catch the 4-way valve
and PMV. (A malfunction may be caused.)
Remove
11) Pull off the discharge pipe and the suction pipe of (Discharge pipe)
the refrigerating cycle upward.
12) Remove the compressor nuts which fix the
compressor to the bottom plate. (3 pcs.)
13) Pull out the compressor toward you. Remove
(Suction pipe)

CAUTION
As weight of the compressor is 20 kg or more, handle
it by 2 workers.
Compressor nuts
(3 pcs.)
450

206
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
10 Compressor 2. Mounting of compressor
Compressor lead 1) Mount the compressor in the reverse procedure Wrap the ferrite core with the compressor
lead wire for 1 time.
(Continued) for removal.
Compressor lead
NOTE
• After replacement of the compressor, be sure to
replace the compressor lead. (Repair part code of
compressor lead: 43160612)
In this time, wrap the ferrite core with the
compressor lead wire by 1 time. Ferrite core

0t
• As shown in the right figure, mount the sound-

o5
insulation plate (rolling in, rolling out) by passing

0
through it between the compressor and the piping, 0 to 50
and between the piping and the partition board. (Compressor lead positioning standard)
• Fix TD sensor by the bundling band for heat proof Put the end of Pass through sound-
on the market via the pipe cover so that TD sensor sound-insulation insulation plate
plate (rolling out) (rolling out) between
does not directly come to contact with the on the other end suction pipe and
at this position. header pipe.
discharge pipe.

3. Vacuuming
1) Connect the vacuum pump to the charge port and Suction pipe Header pipe
the check joint of the gas pipe valve and then drive
the vacuum pump.
2) Carry out vacuuming until the vacuum low
pressure gauge indicates 1 (mmHg). Discharge pipe

NOTE Pass through sound-insulation plate

(rolling in) between compressor and
discharge pipe, suction pipe and then put
Before vacuuming, open PMV fully. the end of sound-insulation plate on the
other end at this position.
If PMV is closed, vacuum may be impossible between
liquid pipe valve and PMV of the outdoor unit. There should be no clearance between
sound-insulation plate (upper) and sound-
insulation plate (rolling out).
Forced full-opening method of PMV Sound-insulation plate
(upper)
• Turn on the leakage breaker.
• Turn on 1 and 3 of Dip switch SW804 on the control
PC board of the outdoor unit.
• Keep pushing SW801 on the control PC board of
the outdoor unit for 1 second or more.
• After pushing SW801 for 1 second or more, turn off
the leakage breaker within 2 minutes.
Cultural rivet

4. Refrigerant charge
1) Add the refrigerant amount determined by the pipe
length from the charge port of the valve.
Sound-insulation plate
(rolling out)
Insert one side
under cultural rivet.

SW804 SW801

207
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
11 PMV coil 1. Detachment
1) Carry out work of item 1 of 1). Concave part PMV main unit
2) Turn the coil while pulling upward and then
remove the coil from the PMV main unit.

2. Attachment
1) Surely match the positioning projection of the coil
with the concave part of PMV main unit and then
fix it.

Positioning projection PMV coil

12 Fan guard 1. Detachment

1) Carry out works of item 1 of 1) and 1 of 2). Fan guard Bell mouth Discharge
port cabinet
REQUIREMENT
To prevent scratch on the product, carry out the work
on cardboard, cloth, etc.

2) Remove the discharge port cabinet and then put

on it so that the fan guard side directs downward.
3) Remove the hooking claws (8 positions) of the fan
guard.

2. Attachment
1) Push the hooking claws (8 positions) with hands
Hooking claw
from the front side to fix the claws.

REQUIREMENT
Check that all the hooking claws are fixed at the
specified positions.

208
No. Part name Procedure Remarks
13 Bottom plate heater 1. Detachment
3) 4)
1) Recover the refrigerant. (See 16-1. Refrigerant
recovery control)
Drain the water in the hydro unit before refrigerant
recovery.
2) Execute steps 1-1, 2, and 3.
3) Detach the two fin guards.
(9 pcs. hex screws Ø4 × 10)
4) Detach the two piping panels.
(5 pcs. hex screws Ø4 × 10) Fan motor connection
6) 7)
5) Disconnect the 3” and 5” refrigerant pipes.
6) Disconnect the fan motor connectors from the PC
board (one for the upper fan and one for the lower
fan. Cut the tie-lap bands (6) location)
7) Detach the fan motor base.
(2 pcs. hex screws Ø5 × 10)
8) Remove the insulation mats (One above the
compressor and two around it).
9) Remove the three nuts fixing the compressor. 8)
10) Remove the screw fixing the partition plate and
bottom plate.
(1 pcs. ST1T Ø4 × 8)
11) Remove the screws fixing the heat exchanger
and bottom plate.
(2 pcs. ST1T Ø4 × 8)
12) Disconnect the connector of the bottom plate 9)
heater from the CDB PC board.
13) Lift the main unit up and detach the bottom plate.
14) Replace the heater.
(21 pcs. ST2T Ø4 × 8 and 2 pcs. hex screw Ø5 ×
10)

2. Attachment 10)
Execute the opposite of steps 1)-13) in reverse
order.

Note for step 10

The partition plate has a cutout for the heater.
Connect the heater cord through the cutout when 11)
reassembling the unit.

13)

Cut out

Lift up the main unit

14) Bottom plate heater.

The connector must get close to this screw.

Only this cord clamp must be attached downward-facing.

209
13 For cooling installation
If user install the Hydro unit to place humidity location or high humidity region, also user use cooling mode, please
attach moisture- proof parts which parts are contained in Hydro unit.

Hydro unit

Insulator

• Stick the optional insulator for cooling to the bottom

of the Hydro Unit.

210
14 Periodic inspection items
For a long-term safe operation of this equipment, perform periodic inspection and parts replacement.

<Inspection items>
Hydro unit Frequency Periodic inspection details
(HWS-805**-E, 1405**-E)
1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit / Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
Heater circuit)
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage) Annually Electronic voltage measurement: 220-230 V ±10%
3. Operation check Annually Hot water supply / Heating / *-Cooling operation check with
remote controller
4. Refrigerant leakage / Water leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection and check with a leak tester: No leakage
must be found
5. Water heat exchanger inspection (Internal dirt and Annually Checking for water dirtiness in a closed cycle, Cleaning
clogging)
6. Inlet / Outlet water temperature measurement Annually Temperature measurement: Temperature measurement
during an operation
7. Circulation pump inspection Annually No leakage or abnormal noise must be found (Replacement
every 10 years: Charged)
8. Air vent valve inspection Annually Water leakage, Air vent
9. Expansion vessel Annually Visual check for charge pressure abnormality, water
leakage, or corrosion
10. Heater assembly Annually Check for appearance damage, deformation, or loose
terminal
11. Flow switch Annually Operation check while running
12. Manometer Annually Water leakage, water pressure check
13. Safety valve Annually Water leakage, Appearance check, Drainage check
14. Water heat exchanger control board, Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal

Outdoor unit
(HWS-805H-E, 1105H-E, 1405H-E) Frequency Periodic inspection details
(HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E)
1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit / Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
Compressor)
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage / Rated Annually Electronic voltage measurement:
operation) 220-230 V ±10% (Single phase type)
380-400 V ±10% (3 phase type)
3. Operation frequency (Outdoor unit operation check) Annually Frequency check by rated operation (See 10-13)
4. Refrigerant leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection and check connection with a leak tester:
No leakage must be found
5. Air heat exchanger inspection (Dirt and clogging) Annually Visual inspection, Clear clogging
6. Fan inspection (Scratch, damage) Annually Check for scratches or damages to the fan or abnormal
motor sound
7. Cycle parts Annually Operation check by trial run
(Compressor, 4-way valve, Pulse motor valve) Annually
8. Inverter control board, Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal

Hot water cylinder

(HWS-150CSHM3-E(-UK), Frequency Periodic inspection details
210CSHM3-E(-UK), 300CSHM3-E(-UK))
1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit) Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage) Annually Electronic voltage measurement: 220-230 V ±10%
3. Water leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection for leakage: No leakage must be found
4. Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal
5. Heater assembly Annually Check for appearance damage, deformation, or loose
terminal
6. Temperature, Pressure relief valve (Specification for Annually Drainage check
UK only)

211
 242 243 241 244
202 218

Hydro Unit

203
209

Details of portion A
208
211
210 242

201
213

Portion A
238

212
203 214
237

215
15 Part exploded view, part list

206

216

205 207
212
236
204 217
 220 223 235

234

224

222

224

239

240

221

230 225

227

226
233
231

232

235 228 229

213
 Number of pieces per unit
Safety Location HWS- HWS- HWS- HWS- HWS- HWS-
Part No. Description
No. 805XWH 805XWH 805XWH 1405XW 1405XW 1405XW
M3-E T6-E T9-E HM3-E HT6-E HT9-E
201 37500840 CABINET, FRONT 1 1 1 1 1 1
202 37500800 PLATE, UP 1 1 1 1 1 1
203 37500801 PLATE, SIDE 2 2 2 2 2 2
204 37500835 PLATE, DN, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
205 37566711 REMOTE CONTROLLER 1 1 1 1 1 1
PIPE ASSY, WATER HEAT
206 37546885 1 1 1
EXCHANGER
PIPE ASSY, WATER HEAT
206 37546886 1 1 1
EXCHANGER
207 37541739 PUMP, WATER, ASSY 1 1 1
207 37541740 PUMP, WATER, ASSY 1 1 1
208 37542710 VESSEL, EXPANTION 1 1 1 1 1 1
VALVE ASSY,
209 37547773 OVERPRESSURE 1 1 1 1 1 1
PREVENTIVE
210 37519776 FASTENER, QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1
211 37547769 VALVE, AIR VENT 1 1 1 1 1 1
212 37543706 METER, PRESSURE 1 1 1 1 1 1
213 37545713 HEATER ASSY 1 1
213 37545714 HEATER ASSY 1 1
213 37545715 HEATER ASSY 1 1
SWITCH ASSY, PRESSURE
214 43151322 1 1 1 1 1 1
ACB-4UB83W
215 37551736 SENSOR, LOW PRESSURE 1 1 1 1 1 1
216 37551735 SWITCH, FLOW 1 1 1
216 37551737 SWITCH, FLOW 1 1 1
217 43F32441 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1 1 1 1 1
218 37595721 PACKING, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
220 3026V072 PC BOARD ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
221 4316V338 PC BOARD ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
222 43152401 CONTACTOR, MAGNETIC 2 3 3 2 3 3
223 43158187 TRANSFORMER 1 1 1 1 1 1
224 43154156 RELAY, LY1F 1 2 2 1 2 2
225 43054107 RELAY, LY1F 1 1 1 1 1 1
226 43160297 FUSE 4 6 8 4 6 8
227 43060059 FUSE, HOLDER 4 6 8 4 6 8
228 43160565 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 20A 1 1 1 1 1 1
229 43160566 TERMINAL BLOCK, 6P, 20A 1 1 1 1 1 1
230 4306A130 TERMINAL BLOCK, 9P, 20A 1 1 1 1 1 1
231 43160576 TERMINAL BLOCK, 4P, 20A 1 1 1 1 1 1
232 43160579 TERMINAL 1 1 1 1 1 1
233 43160561 TERMINAL, 4P 1 1 1 1 1 1
234 43050425 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 3 3 3 3 3 3
235 43150320 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 2 2 2 2 2 2
236 43160568 TERMINAL, 2P 1 1 1 1 1 1
237 37517875 MARK, ESTIA 1 1 1 1 1 1
238 37517876 MARK, TOSHIBA FOR ESTIA 1 1 1 1 1 1
239 43160571 FUSE, HOLDER, 15A, 250V 2 2 2 2 2 2
240 43F6A156 FUSE(ET), 3.15A, AC250V 2 2 2 2 2 2
241 3025Q006 RING, O 1 1 1 1 1 1
242 3025Q013 RING, O 2 2 2 2 2 2
243 3025S012 FASTENER,QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1
244 3025S013 FASTENER,QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1

214
 024 013
020
001 002
019
029 Details of portion A

Portion A
022 036
Outdoor Unit (HWS-805H-E)

005
023
015
030

028 014

021 032

215
004 026
018

031

017
007 012
027 034

009 010 033 003 006 025

008 035
052

011
016
Safety Location Number of pieces per unit
Part No. Description
No. HWS-805H-E
001 43F19904 HOLDER, SENSOR (TS) 1
002 43F32441 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1
003 43041798 COMPRESSOR, DA220A2F-22L 1
004 43F46493 COIL, PMV 1
005 43F46500 VALVE, 4WAY, STF-H0218 1
006 43F47246 BONNET, 3/8 IN 1
007 43F47669 NUT, FLANGE 1
008 43049739 CUSHION, RUBBER 3
009 43F50407 THERMOSTAT,BIMETAL 1
010 43F63317 HOLDER,THERMOSTAT 1
011 43100437 PANEL, FRONT, PIPING 1
012 43100438 PANEL, BACK, PIPING 1
013 43100440 PLATE, ROOF 1
014 43100452 PANEL, SIDE 1
015 43100453 PANEL, AIR OUTLET 1
016 43100454 PANEL, FRONT 1
017 43100455 BASE ASSY 1
018 43107276 HANGER 2
019 43107277 GUARD, FIN, BACK 1
020 43107278 GUARD, FIN, SIDE 1
021 43119540 GUARD, FAN ASSY 1
022 43120244 FAN, PROPELLER, PB521 1
023 43122113 BELL MOUTH 1
024 4312C042 MOTOR, FAN, ICF-280-A60-1 1
025 4314N092 VALVE, PACKED, 9.52 1
026 43146695 VALVE, PULSE, MODULATING 1
027 43146724 VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA5GTC-1, R0HS 1
028 43148232 ACCUMULATOR, ASSY 1
029 4314G278 CONDENSER ASSY 1
030 37547768 COIL, VLVE, 4WAY, STF-H01AP1880A1 1
031 4314Q031 STRAINER 1
032 4314Q056 STRAINER 1
033 43160591 LEAD ASSY, COMPRESSOR 1
034 43194029 BONNET, 5/8 IN 1
035 43197183 BOLT, COMPRESSOR 3
036 43151322 SWITCH ASSY, PRESSURE ACB-4UB83W 1
052 37517891 MARK, TOSHIBA FOR ESTIA 1

216
Inverter Assembly (HWS-805H-E)

709 710
711
704

707

705

706

703
TD,TL 708
TO
701
702
TS,TE,TO TE

712
TS

713
TD

217
Safety Location Number of pieces per unit
Part No. Description
No. HWS-805H-E
701 43050425 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 3
702 43F63325 HOLDER, SENSOR (TE) 1
703 43150319 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 2
704 43155188 REACTOR, CH-56-2Z-T 2
705 43160565 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 20A 1
706 43160581 TERMINAL 1
707 43160589 FUSE 1
708 43163055 HOLDER, SENSOR 1
709 43163059 SPACER, BUSH 1
710 43163060 SPACER, COLLAR 1
711 3026V073 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1571 1
712 43F63322 HOLDER, SENSOR (TS) 1
713 43F63321 HOLDER, SENSOR (TD) 1

218
 013 038

017

030
018
029 001 002

022 021 Details of portion A

028
015 026 032

052 031 033

014
024
Outdoor Unit (HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E)

020
034

219
035
Portion A
004 025
019

027 037

005
003

023 011
006 009 016

007 008 036

012
010
Safety Location Number of pieces per unit
Part No. Description
No. HWS-1105H-E HWS-1405H-E
001 43F19904 HOLDER, SENSOR (TS) 3 3
002 43F32441 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1
003 43041794 COMPRESSOR, DA422A3F-25M 1 1
004 43F47246 BONNET, 3/8 IN 1 1
005 43F47669 NUT, FLANGE 2 2
006 43049739 CUSHION, RUBBER 3 3
007 43F50407 THERMOSTAT,BIMETAL 1 1
008 43F63317 HOLDER,THERMOSTAT 1 1
009 43F97212 NUT 3 3
010 43100437 PANEL, FRONT, PIPING 1 1
011 43100438 PANEL, BACK, PIPING 1 1
012 43100439 PANEL, FRONT 1 1
013 43100440 PLATE, ROOF 1 1
014 43100441 PANEL, SIDE 1 1
015 43100442 PANEL, AIR OUTLET 1 1
016 43100443 BASE ASSY 1 1
017 43107274 GUARD, FIN, SIDE 1 1
018 43107275 GUARD, FIN, BACK 1 1
019 43107276 HANGER 3 3
020 43119540 GUARD, FAN ASSY 2 2
021 43120244 FAN, PROPELLER, PB521 2 2
022 43122113 BELL MOUTH 2 2
023 4312C100 MOTOR, FAN, ICF-280-A100-1(A) 2 2
024 43146676 J0INT,CHECK 1 1
025 4314N092 VALVE, PACKED, 9.52 1 1
026 37546878 VALVE, 4-WAY, STF-H0404 1 1
027 43146724 VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA5GTC-1, R0HS 1 1
028 43148170 ACCUMULATOR ASS'Y 1 1
029 4314G266 CONDENSER ASSY, DOWN 1 1
030 4314G269 CONDENSER ASSY, UP 1 1
031 4314N023 VALVE, PLUS, MODULAING, UKV-25D100 1 1
032 37547768 COIL, VLVE, 4WAY, STF-H01AP1880A1 1 1
033 4314N025 COIL, PMV, UKV-A038 1 1
034 4314Q031 STRAINER 1 1
035 4314Q032 STRAINER 1 1
036 43160591 LEAD ASSY, COMPRESSOR 1 1
037 43194029 BONNET, 5/8 IN 1 1
038 43151322 SWITCH ASSY, PRESSURE ACB-4UB83W 1 1
052 37517891 MARK, TOSHIBA FOR ESTIA 1 1

220
Inverter Assembly (HWS-1105H-E, 1405H-E)

704

709 710
711

707

705
706

703
TD,TL 708
TO
701
702
TS,TE,TO TE

221
Safety Location Number of pieces per unit
Part No. Description
No. HWS-1105H-E HWS-1405H-E
701 43050425 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 3 3
702 43F63325 HOLDER, SENSOR (TE) 1 1
703 43150319 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 2 2
704 43158190 REACTOR 2 2
705 43160565 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 20A 1 1
706 43160581 TERMINAL 1 1
707 43160589 FUSE 1 1
708 43163055 HOLDER, SENSOR 1 1
709 43163059 SPACER, BUSH 1 1
710 43163060 SPACER, COLLAR 1 1
711 3026V074 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1571 1 1

222
 040
014
018

035 019
001
002
034

030
023
027 028
016 008
041 042
036 037

038 015

223
021 039

025

031 020

022
Outdoor Unit (HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E)

029 033

003 026
004
006 012
024
005 010 017

044 043
007 009 032

013
011
 Model name HWS
Safety Location
Part No. Description HWS- HWS- HWS-
No.
1105H8(R)-E 1405H8(R)-E 1605H8(R)-E
001 43F19904 HOLDER, SENSOR (TS) 3 3 3
002 43F32441 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1 1
003 43F47246 BONNET, 3/8 IN 1 1 1
004 43F47669 NUT, FLANGE 2 2 2
005 43049739 CUSHION, RUBBER 3 3 3
006 4304C703 COMPRESSOR, DA422A3F-27M 1 1 1
007 43F50407 THERMOSTAT,BIMETAL 1 1 1
008 43F60029 FILTER,N0ISE 1 1 1
009 43F63317 HOLDER,THERMOSTAT 1 1 1
010 43F97212 NUT 3 3 3
011 43100437 PANEL, FRONT, PIPING 1 1 1
012 43100438 PANEL, BACK, PIPING 1 1 1
013 43100439 PANEL, FRONT 1 1 1
014 43100440 PLATE, ROOF 1 1 1
015 43100470 PANEL, SIDE 1 1 1
016 43100442 PANEL, AIR OUTLET 1 1 1
017 43100443 BASE ASSY 1 (*1) 1 (*1) 1 (*1)
017 37500804 BASE ASSY 1 (*2) 1 (*2) 1 (*2)
018 43107274 GUARD, FIN, SIDE 1 1 1
019 43107275 GUARD, FIN, BACK 1 1 1
020 43107276 HANGER 3 3 3
021 43119540 GUARD, FAN ASSY 2 2 2
022 43120244 FAN, PROPELLER, PB521 2 2 2
023 43122113 BELL MOUTH 2 2 2
024 4312C100 MOTOR, FAN, ICF-280-A100-1(A) 2 2 4
025 43146676 J0INT,CHECK 1 1 1
026 4314N092 VALVE, PACKED, 9.52 1 1 1
027 37546878 VALVE, 4-WAY, STF-H0404 1 1 1
028 4314N080 COIL, SOLENOID, STF-H01AJ1736A1 1 1 1
029 43146724 VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA5GTC-1, R0HS 1 1 1
030 43148170 ACCUMULATOR ASS'Y 1 1 1
031 43151322 SWITCH ASSY, PRESSURE ACB-4UB83W 1 1 1
032 43160612 LEAD ASSY, COMPRESSOR 1 1 1
033 43194029 BONNET, 5/8 IN 1 1 1
034 4314G266 CONDENSER ASSY, DOWN 1 1 1
035 4314G269 CONDENSER ASSY, UP 1 1 1
036 4314N023 VALVE, PLUS, MODULAING, UKV-25D100 1 1 1
037 4314N025 COIL, PMV, UKV-A038 1 1 1
038 4314Q031 STRAINER 1 1 1
039 4314Q032 STRAINER 1 1 1
040 43158227 REACTOR 1 1 1
041 43160571 FUSE, HOLDER, 15A, 250V 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 2 (*2)
042 43F6A156 FUSE(ET), 3.15A, AC250V 2 (*2) 2 (*2) 2 (*2)
043 37545716 HEATER ASSY 1 (*2) 1 (*2) 1 (*2)
044 37517891 MARK, TOSHIBA FOR ESTIA 1 1 1

(*1) H8-E series only

(*2) H8R-E series only

224
 702 705 714 704 720 712 720
718 719

225
717

711 718 719

Inverter Assembly (HWS-1105H8(R)-E, 1405H8(R)-E, 1605H8(R)-E)

715 713
TE 720
709
707
TD,TL
708
706 710 721
TE,TS,TO
 Model name HWS
Safety Location
Part No. Description HWS- HWS- HWS-
No.
1105H8(R)-E 1405H8(R)-E 1605H8(R)-E
702 43154177 RELAY 1 1 1
704 43158207 REACTOR 1 1 1
705 43153006 PTC-THERMISTOR 1 1 1
706 43050425 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 3 3 3
707 43150319 SENSOR ASSY, SERVICE 2 2 2
708 43160565 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 20A 1 1 1
709 43160579 TERMINAL 1 1 1
710 43F60859 FUSE BLOCK, 30A, 250V 1 1 1
711 4316V416 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1596, COMP-IPDU 1 1 1
712 4316V391 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1597, FAN-IPDU 1 1 1
713 3026V015 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1559, CDB 1 1 1
714 4316V398 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC-1600, N/F 1 1 1
715 43F63325 HOLDER, SENSOR (TE) 1 1 1
717 43160590 FUSE 3 3 3
718 43282001 BUSHING 5 5 5
719 43183020 COLLAR 5 5 5
720 43F63248 SUPPORTER, ASSY 2 2 2
721 43060700 FUSE, 10A, 250V 1 1 1

226
Copyright © 2017 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.